Democracy Spraffa

Agenda Document Pack - Executive Committee - 22/11/2023

South Lanarkshire Council · 22 November 2023
Back to Executive Committee — 22 November 2023 and its agenda

Text extracted from the council's PDF. Layout and reading order may differ from the original.

Original council PDF · Download plain text

Page 1

Council Offices, Almada Street        
Hamilton, ML3 0AA 
Tuesday, 14 November 2023 
Dear Councillor 
Executive Committee 
The Members listed below are requested to attend a meeting of the above Committee to be
held as follows:- 
Date:  Wednesday, 22 November 2023
Time:  10:00
Venue: Hybrid - Committee Room 1, Council Offices, Almada Street, Hamilton,
ML3 0AA 
The business to be considered at the meeting is listed overleaf. 
Yours sincerely 
Cleland Sneddon
Chief Executive 
Members 
Joe Fagan (Chair/ex officio), Gerry Convery (Depute Chair), Alex Allison, John Anderson, Robert
Brown, Andy Carmichael, Maureen Chalmers, Ross Clark, Margaret Cooper, Andrea Cowan,
Maureen Devlin, Gladys Ferguson-Miller, Lynsey Hamilton, Mark Horsham, Eileen Logan, Katy
Loudon, Hugh Macdonald, Ian McAllan, Catherine McClymont, Kenny McCreary, Lesley McDonald,
Mark McGeever, Davie McLachlan, Richard Nelson, Mo Razzaq, Kirsten Robb, John Ross, David
Shearer, Margaret B Walker 
Substitutes
John Bradley, Walter Brogan, Poppy Corbett, Margaret Cowie, Elise Frame, Graeme Horne, Martin
Hose, Susan Kerr, Ross Lambie, Elaine McDougall, Norman Rae, Graham Scott, David Watson 
1

Page 2

BUSINESS 
1 Declaration of Interests 
2 Minutes of Previous Meeting
Minutes of the meeting of the Executive Committee held on 11 October 2023
submitted for approval as a correct record.  (Copy attached) 
5 - 10 
Monitoring Item(s) 
3 Revenue Budget Monitoring for Period 1 April 2023 to 6 October 2023
Report dated 23 October 2023 by the Executive Director (Finance and
Corporate Resources).  (Copy attached) 
11 - 16 
4 Capital Budget 2023-2024 and Monitoring for Period 7 - 1 April 2023 to 6
October 2023 (003)
Report dated 1 November 2023 by the Executive Director (Finance and
Corporate Resources).  (Copy attached) 
17 - 26 
5 Additional Funding from Scottish Government and Other External Sources
Report dated 23 October 2023 by the Executive Director (Finance and
Corporate Resources).  (Copy attached) 
27 - 30 
6 Employee Workforce Monitoring Information April to September 2023
Summary
Report dated 25 October 2023 by the Executive Director (Finance and
Corporate Resources).  (Copy attached) 
31 - 54 
7 Community Plan Quarter 4 Progress Report 2022-2023 and Annual
Outcomes Improvement Report
Report dated 1 November 2023 by the Executive Director (Finance and
Corporate Resources).  (Copy attached) 
55 - 126 
Item(s) for Decision 
8 Land and Property Transfers and Disposals
Report dated 31 October 2023 by the Executive Director (Housing and
Technical Resources).  (Copy attached) 
127 - 130 
9 Cost of Living - Support
Report dated 24 October 2023 by the Executive Director (Finance and
Corporate Resources).  (Copy attached). 
131 - 136 
10  2024/2025  Revenue Budget Update and Savings Proposals
Report dated 10 November 2023 by the Executive Director (Finance and
Corporate Resources).  (Copy attached) 
137 - 180 
Item(s) for Noting 
11  Programme for Government 2023
Report dated 25 October 2023 by the Executive Director (Finance and
Corporate Resources).  (Copy attached) 
181 - 232 
2

Page 3

Urgent Business 
12  Urgent Business
Any other items of business which the Chair decides are urgent. 
For further information, please contact:-
Clerk Name: Pauline MacRae
Clerk Telephone: 07385 370044
Clerk Email: pauline.macrae@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 
3

Page 4

4

Page 5

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE 
Minutes of meeting held via Confero and in Committee Room 1, Council Offices, Almada Street,
Hamilton on 11 October 2023 
Chair:
Councillor Joe Fagan (ex officio) 
Councillors Present:
Councillor Alex Allison, Councillor John Anderson, Councillor Robert Brown, Councillor Andy
Carmichael, Councillor Maureen Chalmers, Councillor Ross Clark, Councillor Gerry Convery
(Depute), Councillor Andrea Cowan, Councillor Gladys Ferguson-Miller, Councillor Lynsey Hamilton,
Councillor Mark Horsham, Councillor Eileen Logan, Councillor Katy Loudon, Councillor Hugh
Macdonald, Councillor Ian McAllan, Councillor Catherine McClymont, Councillor Kenny McCreary,
Councillor Lesley McDonald, Councillor Mark McGeever, Councillor Davie McLachlan, Councillor
Richard Nelson, Councillor Mo Razzaq, Councillor Kirsten Robb, Councillor John Ross, Councillor
Graham Scott (substitute for Councillor Maureen Devlin), Councillor David Shearer, Councillor
Margaret B Walker, Councillor David Watson (substitute for Councillor Margaret Cooper) 
Councillors' Apologies:
Councillor Margaret Cooper, Councillor Maureen Devlin 
Attending:
Chief Executive’s Service
C Sneddon, Chief Executive
Community and Enterprise Resources
D Booth, Executive Director
Education Resources
C McKenzie, Executive Director
Finance and Corporate Resources
P Manning, Executive Director; T Little, Head of Communications and Strategy; G McCann, Head of
Administration and Legal Services; P MacRae, Administration Adviser; K McLeod, Administration
Assistant; J Taylor, Head of Finance (Strategy)
Housing and Technical Resources
S Gibson, Executive Director
Health and Social Care/Social Work Resources
S Sengupta, Director, Health and Social Care 
1 Declaration of Interests 
No interests were declared. 
2 Minutes of Previous Meeting 
The minutes of the meeting of the Executive Committee held on 13 September 2023 were
submitted for approval as a correct record. 
The Committee decided: that the minutes be approved as a correct record. 
2
5

Page 6

3 Revenue Budget Monitoring for the Period 1 April to 8 September 2023 
A report dated 22 September 2023 by the Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources)
was submitted on the overall financial position of the Council’s General Fund Revenue Account
and Housing Revenue Account for the period 1 April to 8 September 2023. 
At 8 September 2023, the position on the General Fund Revenue Account was breakeven.  Details
were given on:- 
 budget pressures within Children and Families Services
 the position within the Adult and Older People Service following the outcome of the job
evaluation exercise for home carers
 maintenance of teacher and pupil support numbers 
The Housing Revenue Account showed a breakeven position at 8 September 2023, as detailed
in Appendix 2 of the report. 
Officers responded to members’ questions on various aspects of the report. 
The Committee decided: 
(1) that the breakeven position on the General Fund Revenue Account at 8 September 2023,
as detailed in section 4 and Appendix 1 of the report, be noted; and 
(2) that the breakeven position on the Housing Revenue Account at 8 September 2023, as
detailed in section 5 and Appendix 2 of the report, be noted. 
[Reference:  Minutes of 13 September 2023 (Paragraph 3)] 
4 Capital Budget 2023/2024 and Monitoring for Period 6 - 1 April to 8 September 2023 
A report dated 20 September 2023 by the Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources)
was submitted on progress of the General Fund Capital Programme and the Housing Capital
Programme for the period 1 April to 8 September 2023. 
At its meeting on 13 September 2023, the Committee had approved a General Fund Capital
Programme for 2023/2024 totalling £80.262 million.  A revised programme of £80.356 million was
now anticipated which included proposed adjustments to the programme totalling a net increase
of £0.094 million.  Those were detailed in Appendix 1 of the report.  The adjustment reflected
additional funding received to install floodlights at Douglas Primary School. 
At 8 September 2023, £17.898 million had been spent on the General Fund Capital Programme,
against a budget for the period of £17.884 million, resulting in spending being slightly ahead of
programme in the sum of £0.014 million.  Actual funding received to 8 September 2023 totalled
£48.282 million.  The programme spend and funding for the General Fund for the period was
detailed in appendices 2 and 3 of the report. 
The Housing Capital Programme 2023/2024, approved by the Executive Committee at its meeting
on 16 August 2023, totalled £69.596 million.  Details of the position of the programme at 8
September 2023 were provided in Appendix 4 of the report.   
At 8 September 2023, expenditure on the Housing Capital Programme amounted to £19.378
million against a budget for the period of £21.298 million and actual funding received to 8
September 2023 totalled £19.378 million.  This resulted in the Housing Programme being £1.920
million behind programme which was due to a number of external fabrics projects being
reprogrammed to take account of new, more effective procurement routes and delays experienced
to allow further consideration of technical options for some works.  
6

Page 7

The Committee decided: 
(1) that the adjustments to the General Fund programme, as detailed in Appendix 1 of the report,
be approved; 
(2) that the period 6 position at 8 September 2023 of the General Fund Capital Programme, as
detailed in appendices 2 and 3 of the report, and the Housing Capital Programme, as
detailed in Appendix 4 of the report, be noted; and 
(3) that the revised programmes be monitored by the Financial Resources Scrutiny Forum. 
[Reference:  Minutes of 13 September 2023 (Paragraph 4)] 
5 Additional Funding from Scottish Government and Other External Sources 
A report dated 20 September 2023 by the Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources)
was submitted on additional funding, totalling £1.373 million, which had been made available to
the Council by the Scottish Government and other external sources. 
The funding had been allocated as follows:- 
Revenue Funding 
Resource 2023/2024 
(£m) 
Housing and Technical 1.373 
Total 1.373 
Officers responded to members’ questions on various aspects of the report. 
The Committee decided: that the report be noted. 
[Reference: Minutes of 13 September 2023 (Paragraph 5)] 
6 Recommendations Referred by the Finance and Corporate Resources Committee
- Treasury Management Activity Report 2022/2023, Prudential Code Indicators and
Annual Investment Report 
A report dated 27 September 2023 by the Chief Executive was submitted on recommendations
which had been referred to this Committee by the Finance and Corporate Resources Committee
of 27 September 2023. 
The recommendations of the Finance and Corporate Resources Committee were as follows:- 
 that the Treasury Management Activity Report for 2022/2023 and the 2022/2023 Treasury
Management and Prudential Code Indicators be noted
 that the Council’s Annual Investment Report for 2022/2023 be endorsed and referred to the
Council for formal approval 
Officers responded to a member’s questions on the report.  
7

Page 8

The Committee decided: that the recommendation referred by the Finance and
Corporate Resources Committee in relation to the Treasury
Management Activity Report for 2022/2023 and the
2022/2023 Treasury Management and Prudential Code
Indicators be noted. 
The Committee recommended
to the Council:
that the Annual Investment Report 2022/2023 be approved. 
[Reference:  Minutes of Finance and Corporate Resources Committee of 27 September 2023
(Paragraph 9)] 
7 Religious Representation on the Education Resources Committee 
A joint report dated 26 September 2023 by the Executive Directors (Finance and Corporate
Resources) and (Education Resources) was submitted providing an update on the current position
regarding the appointment of a third church/religious representative to serve on the Education
Resources Committee. 
At its meeting on 29 June 2022, the Committee had approved the appointments of the nominated
religious representatives from the Church of Scotland and the Roman Catholic Church
respectively with the appointment of Dr Iskander, the third religious representative on the
Committee, being extended until a new third church/religious representative was in place.  The
extension was an interim measure as Dr Iskander had intimated that he wished to stand down
from the position. 
As had been the case in previous years, an advertisement was placed in local newspapers in July
2022 requesting nominations for a person interested in the promotion of religious and moral
education.  At the close of nominations, 2 applications had been received for 1 available place,
however, subsequently, 1 applicant withdrew their application and the remaining applicant did not
pursue their interest in the appointment.  A further advertisement was placed in local newspapers
in August 2023 requesting expressions of interest to serve as the third religious representative on
the Education Resources Committee.  However, after the closing date, no nominations or
expressions of interest had been received. 
In the absence of interest from parties to serve as the third religious representative on the
Committee, it was proposed that the Committee continue to operate with the 2 confirmed
religious/church representatives from the Church of Scotland and the Roman Catholic Church. 
The Committee decided: 
(1) that it be noted that it had not been possible to appoint a third church/religious representative
to the Education Resources Committee; and 
(2) that the Committee continue to operate with the 2 confirmed religious representatives from
the Church of Scotland and the Roman Catholic Church. 
[Reference:  Minutes of 29 June 2022 (Paragraph 7) and 17 May 2023 (Paragraph 11)]  
8

Page 9

8 Revision of Costs and Increase in Funding to Extend, Adapt and Modernise Our
Lady of Lourdes Primary School, East Kilbride/Glasgow City Region City Deal -
East Kilbride Community Growth Area Business Case 
A report dated 27 September 2023 by the Executive Director (Education Resources) was
submitted:- 
 providing an update on the cost issues and funding solution associated with the Our Lady of
Lourdes extension, adaptation and modernisation project
 advising on action taken, in terms of Standing Order No 37(c), because of the timescales
involved and the urgent requirement to award tenders, by the Executive Director (Education
Resources), in consultation with the Depute Chair and an ex officio member, to grant
permission to commence works and to approve the Full Business Case, in line with the
required governance arrangements of the City Deal 
Following the return of tenders for both the New Build (Phase 1) and Refurbishment (Phase 2)
elements of the project, costs for all elements of the tendered packages for Phase 2 were
significantly higher than expected.  A full tender review and value engineering exercise had been
undertaken and it had been possible to reassess the specification to reduce costs, while still
maintaining the level of accommodation associated with the Council’s schools’ modernisation
programme.  Additional funding, however, required to be identified and the cost issues and funding
solution were detailed in the report. 
Urgent approval had been sought to:- 
 proceed with the project using additional funding identified to cover the increased costs
 allow the refurbishment construction contract to commence as soon as possible, thereby
minimising disruption to the school as well as minimising additional pupil transportation costs 
There was also a requirement to obtain approval for the Our Lady of Lourdes Primary School Full
Business Case, attached as an appendix to the report, in line with the required governance
arrangements of the City Deal.  Grant funding would be obtained in accordance with the City Deal
Grant Distribution Process, outlined in the Assurance Framework in relation to the delivery of the
project, with the precise arrangements to be agreed by the City Deal Chief Executive’s Group
(CEG) and City Deal Cabinet. 
There followed a discussion during which officers:- 
 responded to members’ questions on various aspects of the report
 provided assurances on the quality of alternative materials being used 
The Committee decided: that the action taken, in terms of Standing Order No 37(c),
because of the timescales involved and the urgent
requirement to award tenders, by the Executive Director
(Education Resources), in consultation with the Depute
Chair and an ex officio member, to grant permission to
commence works and to approve the Full Business Case in
line with the required governance arrangements of the City
Deal be noted. 
[Reference:  Minutes of 1 March 2023 (Paragraph 6)] 
9 Urgent Business 
There were no items of urgent business. 
9

Page 10

10

Page 11

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Executive Committee
Date of Meeting: 22 November 2023
Report by: Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources)  
Subject: Revenue Budget Monitoring for Period 1 April 2023 to 6
October 2023 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:
[purpose]
 advise the Committee of the overall financial position of the Council’s General
Fund Revenue Account and Housing Revenue Account for the period 1 April
2023 to 6 October 2023. 
[1purpose]
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Committee is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):
[recs]
(1) that the break-even position on the General Fund Revenue Account at 6
October 2023, (section 4 and Appendix 1), be noted; and
(2) that the break-even position on the Housing Revenue Account at 6 October
2023 (section 5 and Appendix 2 of the report), be noted. 
3. Background
3.1. This overview report will summarise the actual expenditure and income to 6 October
2023 compared with the budget for the same period for both the Council’s General
Fund (section 4) and for the Housing Revenue Account (section 5).   
4. 2023/2024 General Services 
4.1.  General Services Current Position as at 6 October
As at 6 October, the position on the General Services budget is break-even.  The
position across Resources is detailed in Appendix 1. 
4.2. Children and Families:  As detailed previously, budget pressures within Children and
Families are continuing into 2023/2024 in relation to residential placements, fostering
and kinship care, some of which is a legacy from the pandemic.   
4.3. As previously advised to the Social Work Resources Committee (28 June 2023 and
27 September 2023), there is one-off funding identified totalling £9.2 million, and this
is available this financial year to contribute towards these residual Children and
Families’ pressures.   
4.4. The Social Work Resources position as at 6 October 2023 assumes funding will be
available and will be drawn down later in the financial year, as required.  The Resource
is working towards managing the overall budget pressure in Children and Families by
2024/2025. 
3
11

Page 12

4.5. Ongoing actions on plans to manage the budget pressures include the consideration
of emergency expenditure only requirements and exploring the potential for an
Intensive Support and Monitoring Service (ISMS) as a community alternative to care
for young people currently within external placements. 
4.6. Adults and Older People:  A previously advised, within Adults and Older People, the
outcome of the Job Evaluation exercise for Home Carers will result in recurring costs
of approximately £7 million from 2023/2024.  These costs are not included in the IJB
budget set for 2023/2024.  As at 6 October, costs of £3 million have been incurred in
relation to the cost of the grade changes.  These costs are incurred through the IJB
budget.  As a consequence of the reporting requirements for these integrated
authorities, these costs also appear within the figures included in Appendix 1. 
4.7. Officers within the IJB have been looking to identify recurring funding solutions.  These
solutions and an overall recovery plan were agreed by the IJB on 18 October 2023.
Budgets will be realigned in the coming months to reflect this agreement.   
4.8. Teacher Numbers:  As previously reported, the Cabinet Secretary has held back
£45.5 million of funding nationally for the maintenance of Teacher Numbers, until after
the 2023 Census details are received by the Government, and until councils provide
assurance that they have maintained teacher numbers and pupil support numbers at
the 2022 level.  For the Council, this amounts to £2.934 million. 
5. Housing Revenue Account Position as at 6 October 2023
5.1. As at 6 October 2023, Appendix 2 shows a break-even position against the phased
budget on the Housing Revenue Account. This break-even position includes a higher
than budgeted Transfer from Reserves at this time and is due to the increased level
of costs experienced.  The Resource is looking at options to manage these increased
costs, and will report back to Committee as part of the formal Probable Outturn
exercise.   
6. Employee Implications
6.1. None. 
7. Financial Implications
7.1. As detailed in sections 4 to 5 of the report. 
8. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
8.1. There are no implications for climate change, sustainability or the environment in terms
of the information contained in this report. 
9. Other Implications
9.1. The main risk associated with the Council’s Revenue Budget is that there is an
overspend.  The risk has been assessed as low given the detailed budget
management applied across the Resources.  The risk is managed through four weekly
Budget Monitoring Meetings at which any variance is analysed. In addition, the
probable outturn exercise ensures early warning for corrective action to be taken
where appropriate. 
10. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
10.1. This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy or recommend a
change to an existing policy, function or strategy and, therefore, no impact assessment
is required.   
12

Page 13

10.2. There is also no requirement to undertake any consultation in terms of the information
contained in this report. 
Paul Manning
Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources) 
23 October 2023 
Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes
 Accountable, Effective, Efficient and Transparent 
Previous References
 None 
List of Background Papers
 Financial Ledger and budget monitoring results to 6 October 2023. 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact:
Lorraine O'Hagan, Finance Manager (Strategy)
Ext:  2601 (Tel:  01698 452601)
E-mail: lorraine.o'hagan@southlanarkshire.gov.uk
13

Page 14

Appendix 1 
SOUTH LANARKSHIRE COUNCIL 
Revenue Budget Monitoring Report 
Period Ended 6 October 2023 (No.7) 
Resource / Committee
Annual
Budget
Annual
Forecast 
Annual
Forecast
Variance   
Budget
Proportion
to 06/10/23 
Actual to
06/10/23 
Variance to
06/10/23 
Departments: £m £m £m  £m £m £m 
Community and Enterprise Resources 129.436 129.436 0.000  63.718 63.718 0.000  
Facilities, Waste and Grounds 77.608 77.608 0.000  36.452 36.209 0.243 under
Leisure and Culture 23.227 23.227 0.000  16.809 16.809 0.000  
Planning and Regulatory 4.966 4.966 0.000  2.489 2.262 0.227 under
Environmental and Sustainable Development 4.732 4.732 0.000  (0.085) (0.206) 0.121 under
Roads, Transportation and Fleet 18.903 18.903 0.000  8.053 8.644 (0.591) over
Education Resources 420.577 420.577 0.000  206.309 206.309 0.000  
Education 420.577 420.577 0.000  206.309 206.309 0.000  
Finance and Corporate Resources 41.772 41.772 0.000  25.632 25.632 0.000  
Finance Services - Strategy 2.118 2.118 0.000  1.770 1.738 0.032 under
Finance Services - Transactions 18.557 18.557 0.000  8.496 8.287 0.209 under
Audit and Compliance Services 0.374 0.374 0.000  0.273 0.301 (0.028) over
Information Technology Services 5.226 5.226 0.000  7.050 7.128 (0.078) over
Communications and Strategy Services 2.910 2.910 0.000  1.635 1.628 0.007 under
Administration and Licensing Services 4.279 4.279 0.000  2.408 2.563 (0.155) over
Personnel Services 8.308 8.308 0.000  4.000 3.987 0.013 under
Housing and Technical Resources 14.204 14.204 0.000  17.574 17.574 0.000  
Housing Services 8.464 8.464 0.000  4.764 4.764 0.000  
Property Services 5.740 5.740 0.000  12.810 12.810 0.000  
Social Work Resources 214.884 214.884 0.000  104.217 104.217 0.000  
Performance and Support Services 6.356 6.356 0.000  3.152 2.964 0.188 under
Children and Families 37.379 37.379 0.000  21.898 22.196 (0.298) over
Adults and Older People 170.058 170.058 0.000  78.377 78.377 0.000  
Justice and Substance Misuse 1.091 1.091 0.000  0.790 0.680 0.110 under
Joint Boards 2.053 2.053 0.000  1.105 1.105 0.000           
822.926 822.926 0.000  418.555 418.555 0.000 
Summary
Annual
Budget
Annual
Forecast 
Annual
Forecast
Variance   
Budget
Proportion
to 06/10/23 
Actual to
06/10/23 
Variance to
06/10/23 
£m £m £m  £m £m £m 
Service Departments Total 822.926 822.926 0.000  418.555 418.555 0.000 
CFCR 0.352 0.352 0.000  0.000 0.000 0.000  
Loan Charges 23.669 23.669 0.000  0.000 0.000 0.000  
Corporate Items 14.399 14.399 0.000  0.000 0.000 0.000  
2023/24 Investments – Transfers to Reserves 3.276 3.276 0.000  0.000 0.000 0.000           
Total Expenditure 864.622 864.622 0.000  418.627 418.627 0.000 
Council Tax 178.602 178.602 0.000  96.170 96.170 0.000 
Less: Council Tax Reduction Scheme (23.278) (23.278) 0.000  (12.534) (12.534) 0.000 
Net Council Tax 155.324 155.324 0.000  83.636 83.636 0.000 
General Revenue Grant 319.941 319.941 0.000  172.276 172.276 0.000 
Non-Domestic Rates 341.536 341.536 0.000  183.904 183.904 0.000 
Transfer from Reserves 47.821 47.821 0.000  47.821 47.821 0.000 
Total Income 864.622 864.622 0.000  487.637 487.637 0.000 
Net Expenditure / (Income)  0.000 0.000 0.000  (69.010) (69.010) 0.000 
14

Page 15

Appendix 1b 
SOUTH LANARKSHIRE COUNCIL 
Revenue Budget Monitoring Report 
Period Ended 6 October 2023 (No.7) 
Budget Category 
Annual
Budget 
Annual
Forecast 
Annual
Forecast
Variance   
Budget
Proportion
to 06/10/23 
Actual to
06/10/23 
Variance to
06/10/23 
Service Departments:  £m £m £m  £m £m £m 
Expenditure        
Employee Cost 617.784  617.784  0.000   308.143 307.416 0.727 under
Property Costs 65.257  65.257  0.000   40.351 40.913 (0.562) over
Supplies and Services 58.225  58.225  0.000   25.888 26.410 (0.522) over
Transport Costs 45.889  45.889  0.000   24.536 26.567 (2.031) over
Administration Costs 15.760  15.760  0.000   5.600 5.613 (0.013) over
Payments to Other Bodies 80.298  80.298  0.000   39.416 39.134 0.282 under
Payments to Contractors 242.666  242.666  0.000   129.350 125.865 3.485 under
Transfer Payments 6.320  6.320  0.000   5.188 4.968 0.220 under
Housing Benefits 65.650  65.650  0.000   29.645 29.645 0.000  
Financing Charges (controllable) 2.340  2.340  0.000   0.455 0.454 0.001 under             
Total 1,200.189  1,200.189  0.000   608.572 606.985 1.587 under                
Service Departments Total 1,200.189  1,200.189  0.000   608.572 606.985 1.587 under
CFCR 0.352  0.352  0.000   0.000 0.000 0.000  
Loan Charges 23.669  23.669  0.000   0.000 0.000 0.000  
Corporate Items 14.399 14.399 0.000   0.072 0.072 0.000  
2023/24 Investments – Transfers to Reserves 3.276  3.276  0.000   0.000 0.000 0.000              
Total Expenditure 1,241.885  1,241.885  0.000   608.644 607.057 1.587 under            
Income           
Housing Benefit Subsidy 60.258  60.258  0.000   28.021 28.021 0.000  
Other Income 317.005  317.005  0.000   161.996 160.409 (1.587) under rec.
Council Tax (Net of Council Tax Reduction Scheme) 155.324  155.324  0.000   83.636 83.636 0.000  
General Revenue Grant 319.941  319.941  0.000   172.276 172.276 0.000  
Non-Domestic Rates 341.536  341.536  0.000   183.904 183.904 0.000  
Transfer from Reserves 47.821  47.821  0.000   47.821 47.821 0.000              
Total Income 1,241.885  1,241.885  0.000   677.654 676.067 (1.587) under rec            
Net Expenditure / (Income) 0.000  0.000  0.000   (69.010) (69.010) 0.000           
15

Page 16

Appendix 2 
SOUTH LANARKSHIRE COUNCIL 
Revenue Budget Monitoring Report 
Period Ended 6 October 2023 (No.7) 
Housing Revenue Account 
Annual
Budget
Forecast
for Year
Annual
Forecast
Variance   
Budget
Proportion
to 06/10/23 
Actual to
06/10/23 
Variance to
06/10/23 
% Note 
£m £m £m  £m £m £m   
Employee Costs 14.253 14.253 0.000  7.070 7.152 (0.082) over (1.2%) 
Property Costs 50.929 50.929 0.000  22.153 23.235 (1.082) over (4.9%) 1
Supplies & Services 0.433 0.433 0.000   0.103 0.097 0.006 under 5.8% 
Transport & Plant 0.196 0.196 0.000  0.091 0.061 0.030 under 33.0% 
Administration Costs 5.570 5.570 0.000  0.256 0.244 0.012 under 4.7% 
Payments to Other Bodies 2.974 2.974 0.000  1.085 1.225 (0.140) over (12.9%) 
Payments to Contractors 0.100 0.100 0.000  0.048 0.048 0.000 - 0.0% 
Transfer Payments 0.000 0.000 0.000  0.000 0.000 0.000 - 0.0% 
Financing Charges 27.162 27.162 0.000  15.152 15.152 0.000 - 0.0% 
Total Controllable Expenditure 101.617 101.617 0.000  45.958 47.214 (1.256) over (2.7%) 
Total Controllable Income (115.940) (115.940) 0.000  (51.735) (51.959) 0.224 over
recovered 0.4% 2
Transfer to/(from) Balance Sheet (4.907) (4.907) 0.000  (2.265) (3.297) 1.032 over
recovered 45.6% 3
Net Controllable Expenditure (19.230) (19.230) 0.000  (8.042) (8.042) 0.000 - 0.0% 
Add: Non Controllable Budgets         
Financing Charges 19.230 19.230 0.000  0.000 0.000 0.000 - 0.0% 
Total Budget 0.000 0.000 0.000  (8.042) (8.042) 0.000 - 0.0% 
Variance Explanations
1. The net overspend reflects the volume and cost of repairs and maintenance, including additional costs for the internal contractor. There is also an overspend in relation
to cleaning charges.
2. The additional income is due to the favourable timing of new build and purchased council housing units being available to rent.
3. The timing impact of the net overspend requires a higher than budgeted transfer from reserves at this time. 
Virements
None. 
16

Page 17

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Executive Committee 
Date of Meeting: 22 November 2023
Report by: Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources)  
Subject: Capital Budget 2023/2024 and Monitoring for Period 7 -
1 April 2023 to 6 October 2023 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to: 
 update the Executive Committee of progress on the General Fund Capital
Programme and the Housing Capital Programme for the period 1 April 2023 to 6
October 2023.  
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Committee is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):-  
(1) that the adjustments to the General Fund programme, listed at Appendix 1, and
the Housing Programme listed at Section 5.2, be approved; 
(2) that the period 7 position (ended 6 October 2023) of the General Fund Capital
Programme detailed in Appendices 2 to 3 and the Housing Capital Programme
at Appendix 4, be noted; and
(3) that the revised programmes be monitored by the Financial Resources Scrutiny
Forum. 
3. Background
3.1. The attached statements to this report provide a summarised monitoring position as
at 6 October 2023.  Spending has been split into two separate sections: 
 General Fund Capital Programme including Education, Social Work, Roads and
Transportation and General Services (Section 4)
 Housing Capital Programme (Section 5) 
4. General Fund Capital Programme 
4.1. 2023/2024 Budget:  The budget agreed at Executive Committee on 11 October 2023
was £80.356 million.  A revised programme of £78.901 million is now anticipated.   
4.2. These adjustments result in a net decrease to the programme of £1.455 million.  This
reflects additional funding received from the Scottish Government’s Community Bus
Fund (£0.303m) and Transport Scotland for Electric Vehicle Charging infrastructure
and equipment (£0.276m).  Funding from the Council’s Central Energy Efficiency Fund
is also being utilised to undertake a further programme of energy efficiency projects
this financial year (£0.230m).  These increases are offset by slippage on the window
and roof replacement project at Lanark Library, Lindsay Institute, Lanark (£0.464m)
4
17

Page 18

and match funding (£1.800m) projects.  These proposals are detailed in Appendix 1. 
A breakdown of the revised programme across Resources is included in Appendix 2.     
4.3. Free School Meals:  The programme of £78.901 million includes an allocation of
£5.065 million to continue the expansion of Free School Meals.  This was included as
part of the settlement issued in January 2023 and was, therefore, added to the
Council’s budget plans.  However, the Scottish Government have subsequently asked
for further information from local authorities on their spend requirements for the
expansion of Free School Meals.  This was submitted by councils in late September
2023 and funding will remain undistributed until this data can be reviewed.  This budget
allocation has been held pending confirmation of the funding.   
4.3. Given the timescales involved in procuring equipment and scheduling installations
around school holidays, Education Resources have advised that any delay in
confirming the funding award will have an impact on the level of spend which can be
achieved this financial year.  Once the announcement is received, the position will be
reviewed and the spend level confirmed, with any slippage on the programme included
in a future Capital Programme report to this Committee.   
4.4. The funding available to support the overall 2023/2024 Capital Programme also totals
£78.901 million and is detailed in Appendix 3. 
4.5. General Fund - Period 7 Position:  As noted in section 4.1, the total capital spending
programme for the year is £78.901 million.  The detailed programme spend for the
General Fund is shown in Appendix 3.   
4.6. Appendix 3 also shows budget for the period of £24.144 million and spend to the 6
October 2023 of £24.057 million.  The spend is, therefore, slightly behind programme
by £0.087 million and reflects the timing of spend.   
4.7. Actual funding received to 6 October 2023 is £48.992 million.  This is shown in
Appendix 3. 
4.8. Relevant officers will continue to closely monitor the generation of all income. 
5. Housing Capital Programme
5.1. 2023/24 Budget:  Appendix 4 summarises the position on the Housing programme as
at 6 October 2023.  The revised capital programme for the year is £69.596 million, as
approved by the Executive Committee on 11 October 2023. 
5.2. The Housing programme includes an allocation of £5.502 million for 50 units at
Brackenhill Farm, Hamilton.  The developer has advised of utility delays impacting
progress.  As such, construction has been delayed with the estimated site completion
date now October 2024.  As a result, approval is sought to slip £2.153 million into the
2024/2025 Capital Programme to better reflect the anticipated timing of spend.  A
revised programme of £67.443 million is now anticipated.    
5.3. Programmed funding for the year also totals £67.443 million.  The funding sources are
detailed in Appendix 4. 
5.4. Period 7 Position:  Budget for the period is £23.016 million and spend to 6 October
2023 amounts to £23.513 million.  This results in the Housing Programme being
£0.497 million ahead of programme.  This is due to the number of buy backs, through
18

Page 19

the open market purchase scheme, which have been progressed earlier than
anticipated.   
5.5. As at 6 October 2023, £23.513 million of funding had been received. 
5.5 Regular monitoring of both the General Fund Programme and the Housing
Programme will be carried out in detail by the Financial Resources Scrutiny Forum
and reported on a regular basis to the Executive Committee. 
6. Employee Implications
6.1. There are no employee implications as a result of this report.  
7. Financial Implications
7.1. The General Services and Housing Programmes and their spend position to 6 October
2023 are detailed in sections 4 and 5 respectively. 
7.2. Regular monitoring of both the General Fund Programme and the Housing
Programme will be carried out in detail by the Financial Resources Scrutiny Forum
and reported on a regular basis to this Committee. 
8. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
8.1. There are no implications for climate change, sustainability or the environment in terms
of the information contained in this report. 
9. Other Implications
8.2. The main risk associated with the Council’s Capital Programme is an overspend.  The
risk has been assessed as low given the detailed project management plans prepared
and monitored for each project.  The risk of overspend is managed through four weekly
Investment management meetings. 
9.1. The main risk associated with the Council’s Capital Programme is an overspend.  The
risk has been assessed as low given the detailed project management plans prepared
and monitored for each project.  The risk of overspend is managed through four weekly
Investment management meetings. 
10. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
10.1. This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy or recommend a
change to existing policy, function or strategy and, therefore, no impact assessment
is required. 
10.2. There was also no requirement to undertake any consultation in terms of the
information contained in this report. 
Paul Manning
Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources) 
1 November 2023 
Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes
 Accountable, Effective, Efficient and Transparent 
Previous References
19

Page 20

 Executive Committee, 11 October 2023 
List of Background Papers
 Capital Ledger prints to 6 October 2023 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact:-
Lorraine O’Hagan, Finance Manager (Strategy)
Ext:  2601 (Tel:  01698 452601)
E-mail:  lorraine.o’hagan@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 
20

Page 21

Appendix 1
Proposed Adjustments 
Community and Enterprise Resources 
Lanark Library, Lindsay Institute, Lanark
The project to upgrade the windows and doors at Lanark Library in the Lindsay
Institute is unlikely to progress this financial year as originally planned.  This is
following a tender return that was higher than budget, and while it was initially
hoped that the project could be re-tendered and could commence on site prior to
the end of March 2024, this is now not likely.  Approval is sought to slip £0.464
million into financial year 2024/2025 to reflect the revised timescales for this project.   
(£0.464m)
Community Bus Fund
As part of the Community Bus Fund, the Scottish Government have provided
specific grant funding of £0.303 million in financial year 2023/2024 to support the
objectives of improving connectivity, integration between modes, or innovative
transport solutions in areas of rural deprivation.  This funding will be used to start
the redevelopment of the bus station area at Lanark Interchange, which will link into
the rail station.   
Approval is sought to increase the 2023/2024 Capital Programme by £0.303 million. 
This funding will be distributed as part of the Council’s General Capital Grant
allocation.   
£0.303m
Switched on Fleet
Approval is sought to increase the 2023/24 Capital Programme by £0.250 million to
progress the installation of 10 additional electric vehicle charging points.  This will
be funded by a grant from Transport Scotland. 
In addition, Transport Scotland have also provided funding totalling £0.026 million
through the Switched on Towns and Cities Fund.  This funding will be utilised to
provide specialist EV tools and equipment and enhanced training for maintenance
staff.  Approval is sought to increase the 2023/2024 Capital Programme by a further
£0.026 million.   
£0.250m 
£0.026m 
Housing and Technical Resources 
Central Energy Efficiency Fund (CEEF)
The CEEF is a revolving fund. The fund is used to pay for energy efficiency projects
each financial year.  The fund is then replenished by savings achieved from these
projects across an agreed payback period for each project.  A new wave of projects
is included in the capital programme each financial year.   
Approval is sought to add energy efficiency projects totalling £0.230 million into the
2023/24 Capital Programme.  Projects to be carried out include the installation of
LED Lighting at a number of primary schools including:  Carluke, Castlefield,
Hareleeshill, Loch, Maxwellton, St Cuthbert’s, St John’s, St Kenneth’s, St Vincent’s
end Wester Overton.    Furthermore, additional solar photovoltaic panels and
battery storage system will be installed at St Peter’s Primary School, Hamilton.   
These works will be funded from the CEEF Fund.   
£0.230m  
21

Page 22

Other Match Funding
The announcement on round 3 bids to the Levelling Up Fund is awaited.  Given the
timing, it is now likely that the Council’s match funding allocation of £1.8 million will
not be required this financial year.   
Approval is sought to slip £1.8 million into the 2024/2025 Capital Programme to 
reflect the revised timescales for this funding.   
(£1.800m)  
Minor Adjustments -  
TOTAL ADJUSTMENTS (£1.455m) 
22

Page 23

Appendix 2
SOUTH LANARKSHIRE COUNCIL       
CAPITAL EXPENDITURE 2023/24       
GENERAL FUND PROGRAMME 
FOR PERIOD 1 APRIL 2023 TO 6 OCTOBER 2023 
£m  
Total Base Budget (including carry forward from 2022/2023) 80.356  
Proposed Adjustments – Period 7 (1.455)  
Total Revised Budget 78.901     
2023/24
Budget 
Period 7
Proposed
Adjustments 
Revised
2023/24
Budget
Resource £m £m £m    
Community & Enterprise 39.602 0.115 39.717
Education 19.333 - 19.333
Finance & Corporate 5.333 - 5.333
Housing & Technical 12.258 0.230 12.488
Social Work 2.030 - 2.030
Other Match Funding 1.800 (1.800) -    
TOTAL CAPITAL PROGRAMME 80.356 (1.455) 78.901      
23

Page 24

Appendix 3 
SOUTH LANARKSHIRE COUNCIL       
CAPITAL EXPENDITURE 2023/24       
GENERAL FUND PROGRAMME 
FOR PERIOD 1 APRIL 2023 TO 6 OCTOBER 2023 
2023/24
Original
Estimate inc
C/F 
2023/24
Revised
Budget 
2023/24
Budget to
06/10/23 
2023/24
Actual to
06/10/23     
Expenditure £m £m £m £m     
General Fund Programme 77.849 78.901 24.144 24.057 
Income
2023/24
Budget
2023/24
Revised
Budget 
2023/24
Actual
To
06/10/23         
£m         £m  £m
Prudential Borrowing 24.959 26.261  26.261
Developers Contributions 7.658 0.906  0.000
Partners (Including SPT, Clyde Windfarm
and Transport Scotland)
2.157 3.669  0.549
Scottish Government:     
- Capital Grant 33.985 34.830  15.004 
- Cycling, Walking and Safer
Routes
1.632 2.284  0.223
- Road Safety Improvement 0.000 0.475  0.000 
- Vacant and Derelict Land 2.019 2.019  1.677 
- Regeneration Capital Grant  0.737 1.726  0.745 
- Place Based Investment
Programme
1.510 2.723  2.723
-Inspiring School Age Childcare
Spaces Programme
0.000 0.234  0.000
Glasgow City Region City Deal 0.000 0.000  0.000
Capital Receipts 2.000 2.000  0.036
Specific Reserves 1.192 1.422  1.422
Revenue Contribution 0.000 0.352  0.352     
TOTAL FUNDING 77.849 78.901  48.992 
24

Page 25

APPENDIX 4 
SOUTH LANARKSHIRE COUNCIL           
CAPITAL EXPENDITURE 2023/24
HOUSING PROGRAMME 
FOR PERIOD 1 APRIL 2023 TO 6 OCTOBER 2023 
2023/24
Original 
Budget  
2023/24
Revised
Budget
2023/24
Budget to
06/10/23
2023/24 
Actual to
06/10/23 
£m £m £m £m
Expenditure 
2023/24 Budget  63.916  67.443  23.016  23.513     
2023/24
Original 
Budget  
2023/24
Revised
Budget 
2023/24
Actual to
06/10/23 
£m £m  £m
Income         
Capital Receipts 0.000 1.683  1.901
Capital Receipts – Land Sales 0.000 0.000  0.016
Capital Funded from Current Revenue 27.162 27.162  15.149
Prudential Borrowing 17.302 23.166  0.000
Scottish Government Specific Grant:    
- New Build 16.632 10.048  6.316
- Open Market Purchase Scheme 2.700 5.264  0.000
- Mortgage to Rent 0.120 0.120  0.131 
63.916 67.443  23.513 
25

Page 26

26

Page 27

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Executive Committee
Date of Meeting: 22 November 2023
Report by: Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources)  
Subject: Additional Funding from Scottish Government and
Other External Sources 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:-
[purpose]
 advise Members of additional funding that has been made available to the
Council by the Scottish Government and other external sources since the last
report to this Committee (11 October 2023).
[1purpose]
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Committee is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):
[recs]
(1) that the additional funding totalling £0.579 million, detailed in Appendix 1, be
noted. 
3. Background
3.1. The Council is periodically advised of additional funding which is made available from
the Scottish Government and other sources to enable various initiatives to be
undertaken. 
3.2. Additional funding may either be paid through the General Revenue / Capital Grant
mechanism or by the completion of appropriate grant claims. 
3.3. Details of the additional funding are attached in Appendix 1 of the report.  The report
details additional funding that has been reported by Resources as part of the additional
resources notification process, as well as any additional funding that has increased
the Council’s budget by more than £0.100 million. 
4. Employee Implications
4.1. None. 
5. Financial Implications
5.1. Additional Capital funding of £0.579 million has been identified for 2023/2024.   This
is detailed in Appendix 1.  There is no additional Revenue funding to report. 
5.2. The total additional funding is, therefore, £0.579 million and Resource budgets will be
updated to reflect this additional funding as required.  Where appropriate, details of
spending plans will be presented to Resource Committees for approval. 
5
27

Page 28

6. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
6.1. There are no implications for climate change, sustainability or the environment in terms
of the information contained in this report. 
7. Other Implications
7.1. There are no other implications in terms of the information contained in this report. 
8. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
8.1. This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy or recommend a
change to existing policy, function or strategy and, therefore, no impact assessment
is required. 
7.2. There was also no requirement to undertake any consultation in terms of the
information contained in this report. 
Paul Manning
Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources) 
23 October 2023 
Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes
 Accountable, Effective, Efficient and Transparent 
Previous References
 Executive Committee, 11 October 2023 
List of Background Papers
 Additional Funding Reports 17 September to 18 October 2023 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please contact:
Lorraine O’Hagan, Finance Manager (Strategy)
Ext:  2601 (Tel:  01698 452601)
E-mail: lorraine.o’hagan@southlanarkshire.gov.uk
28

Page 29

Appendix 1 
Additional Capital Funding 
Resource  Description  2023/2024
£m 
2024/2025
£m 
Total
£m 
Method
Community and
Enterprise
Community Bus Fund 
Allocation to support the objectives
of improving connectivity in rural
areas and will be used to start the
redevelopment of the bus station
area at Lanark Interchange.   
0.303 - 0.303 Scottish
Government 
Community and
Enterprise
Switched on Fleet 
Increase to the 20203/2024 funding
to progress the installation of 10
charging points as well as
tools/training for maintenance staff. 
0.276 - 0.276 Transport 
Scotland 
TOTAL CAPITAL FUNDING 0.579 - 0.579 
29

Page 30

30

Page 31

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Executive Committee
Date of Meeting: 22 November 2023
Report by: Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources)  
Subject: Employee Workforce Monitoring Information
April to September 2023 Summary 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:-
[purpose]
 provide employment information relating to the Council for the period
April to September 2023.
[1purpose]
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Committee is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):-
[recs]
(1) that the following employment information for April to September 2023 relating
to the Council be noted:- 
 attendance statistics;
 occupational health;
 accidents/incidents;
 discipline, grievance and dignity at work;
 employee development;
 labour turnover/analysis of leavers and exit interviews;
 recruitment monitoring; 
 staffing watch as at 9 September 2023
[1recs]
3. Background
3.1. As part of the Council’s performance management arrangements, the following
monitoring information is submitted to the Executive Committee.  This report for the
Council provides information on the position for the period April to September 2023. 
4. Attendance Statistics
4.1. Information on absence statistics for April to September 2023 for the Council and
each Resource is provided in Appendices 1 – 8.  Points to note are:- 
 the council’s average absence rate for April to September 2023 is 4.7%, a
decrease of 0.4% when compared to the previous year
 the APT&C average absence rate for April to September 2023 is 4.8%, a
decrease of 0.1% when compared to the previous year
 the teaching staff average absence rate for April to September 2023 is 2.3%, a
decrease of 0.1% when compared with the previous year
 the manual workers’ average absence rate for April to September 2023 is 6.6%,
a decrease of 0.7% when compared with the previous year
6
31

Page 32

In comparison to April to September 2023 (Appendix 8):- 
 Psychological and Musculoskeletal conditions are the main reasons for
absence
 Total days lost due to musculoskeletal conditions have increased by 1403 days
 Total days lost due to psychological conditions have increased by 605 days
 Total days lost due to stomach, bowel, blood and metabolic disorders have
decreased by 1486 days
 Total days lost due to respiratory conditions have decreased by 8929 days 
5. Occupational Health
5.1. Information on Occupational Health for the period April to September 2023 is
provided in Appendix 9:- 
 Over the year, musculoskeletal and psychological conditions were the main
reasons for medical referrals; this remains unchanged from the previous year
 During the year there were a total of 658 employees referred for a medical
examination and when compared to the previous year this represents a
decrease of 55 employees being referred
 During the period, a total of 957 employees attended physiotherapy treatment,
which is an increase of 27 when compared to the previous year.  Of the 957
employees referred, 62% remained at work whilst undertaking treatment
 Over the year, 812 employees were referred to the Employee Support Officer,
an increase of 4 when compared to the previous year.  Of those referrals made
during the period, 86% related to personal issues
 During the year, there were 305 referrals for counselling, this represents an
overall increase of 53 referrals when compared with the same period last year
 Over the year, a total of 10 employees were referred for Cognitive Behavioural
Therapy, an increase of 6 when compared to the same period last year 
6. Accidents/Incidents
6.1. The accident/incident report for the period April to September 2023 is contained in
Appendix 10:- 
 The number of accidents/incidents recorded for the year was 683, a decrease
of 23 from April to September 2022
 During the year, specified injuries/incidents have increased by 4 when
compared to April to September 2022
 Overall minor accidents/incidents have decreased by 15 when compared with
April to September 2022
 During the year, the number of over 3 day injuries have decreased by 5 when
compared with April to September 2022
 During the year, the number of accidents resulting in an absence lasting over 7
days has decreased by 7 when compared with April to September 2022 
7. Discipline, Grievance, Dignity at Work
7.1. Information on Disciplinary, Grievance Hearings and Dignity at Work for the period
April to September 2023 is contained in Appendices 11 and 12:- 
 During the period, a total of 89 disciplinary hearings were held across
Resources within the Council which represents an increase of 26 when
compared to April to September 2022.  Action was taken in 82 of these cases
and there were no Resource appeals raised against the outcome
32

Page 33

 Our target is to convene disciplinary hearings within 6 weeks.  During the
period, 87% of hearings met this target which represents an increase of 22%
when compared to the same period last year
 During the period, 1 appeal was submitted to the Appeals Panel, which was not
upheld.  Two appeals were withdrawn during the year
 At the end of September 2023, 7 Appeals Panels were pending
 Overall, 6 grievances were raised during the year, a decrease of 4 when
compared with the previous year
 There were 5 dignity at work incidents raised this year, an increase of 1 when
compared with the previous year
 During the period, 4 referrals for mediation were submitted, a decrease of 1
when compared with the previous year 
8. Employee Development
8.1. Information on Employee Development for the period April to September 2023 is
contained in Appendices 13 and 13a:- 
 The Council is committed to ensuring that every employee has the opportunity
to undertake learning and development which relates to their job
 During this period, there were 4,025 attendances at classroom learning and
development events.   There were also 1,685 attendances at virtual classroom
learning and development events
 As our Learn on Line continues to develop, employees have successfully
completed 70,780 e-learning packages covering a wide variety of subjects  
9. Labour Turnover/Analysis of Leavers and Exit Interviews
9.1. Labour Turnover
Information on the number of leavers and exit interviews for the period April to
September 2023 is contained in Appendix 14.  Exit interviews are conducted with
leavers who leave voluntarily. 
The Council’s labour turnover figure for April to September 2023 is 5.1% and this
figure has decreased by 0.4% when compared to the same period last year. 
9.2. Analysis of Leavers and Exit Interviews:- 
 During April to September 2023 there were 382 leavers eligible for an exit
interview, a decrease of 35 when compared with April to September 2022
 Exit interviews for April to September 2023 were held with 31% of leavers, a
decrease of 8% when compared with April to September 2022 
9.3. Managers are asked to identify whether they intended to replace the employee who
had left the Council.  If they indicated that they did not intend to replace the
employee, they were asked to select from five options:- 
 plan to hold for savings
 leave post vacant pending a savings / service review
 fill on a fixed term basis pending savings
 transfer budget to another post
 end of fixed term contract 
9.4. During April to September 2023, 994 employees (722.15 FTE) left employment and
managers indicated that 927 posts (694.78 FTE) would be replaced.  Thirty seven
posts (5.29 FTE) were being filled on a temporary basis, 1 post (0.95 FTE) was
33

Page 34

planning to transfer the budget to other post, 11 posts (7.30 FTE) were due to the
end of fixed term contracts, 15 posts (12.30 FTE) were being left vacant pending a
savings or service review and 3 posts (1.53 FTE) were planning to be removed for
savings. 
10. Recruitment Monitoring
10.1. Information on Recruitment Monitoring for the period April to September 2023 is
contained within Appendix 15.  From an analysis of Equal Opportunities Monitoring
Forms, the main points to note are:- 
 95% of applicants completed an Equal Opportunities Monitoring Form, which is
a decrease of 2% when compared with April to September 2022
 Of the 321 applicants who declared themselves as disabled, 169 were
shortleeted for interview and 19 were appointed.  This compares to 191
applicants the previous year, of which 118 applicants were shortleeted and 30
were appointed
 Of the 1,064 applicants from a black/ethnic background, 365 were shortleeted
for interview and 41 were appointed.  This compares to 339 applicants the
previous year, of which 148 were shortleeted and 25 were appointed
 Of the 84 applicants who declared themselves as a Veteran, 42 were
shortleeted for interview and 3 were appointed.  This compares to 80 applicants
the previous year, of which 49 were shortleeted and none were appointed 
11. Staffing Watch
11.1. Details of the number of employees in post at 9 September 2023 are contained in
Appendix 16.  There were 15,242 employees in post as at 9 September 2023
compared to 15,065 as at 10 September 2022, an increase of 177 employees.  
12. Employee Implications
12.1. There are no implications for employees arising from the information presented in
this report. 
13. Financial Implications
13.1. All financial implications are accommodated within existing budgets. 
14. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
14.1. There are no Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications arising
from the information presented in this report. 
15. Other Implications
15.1. There are no risk implications in terms of the information contained within this report. 
16. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
16.1. This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy or recommend a
change to an existing policy, function or strategy and, therefore, no impact
assessment is required 
16.2. There was no requirement to undertake any consultation in terms of the information
contained in this report. 
Paul Manning
Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources) 
34

Page 35

25 October 2023 
Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes
 Accountable, effective, efficient and transparent
 Fair, open and sustainable
 Ambitious, self aware and improving
 Excellent employer
 Focused on people and their needs
 Working with and respecting others 
Previous References
 30 November 2022 
List of Background Papers
 monitoring information provided by Resources 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact:-
Elaine Maxwell, HR Business Manager
Ext: 4647 (Tel: 01698 454647)
E-mail:  Elaine.Maxwell@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 
35

Page 36

2021 /
2022
2022 /
2023
2023 /
2024
2021 /
2022
2022 /
2023
2023 /
2024
2021 /
2022
2022 /
2023
2023 /
2024
2021 /
2022
2022 /
2023
2023 /
2024
% % % % % % % % % % % %
April 4.1 5.2 5.2 April 2.5 2.7 2.8 April 6.2 8.8 7.0 April 4.3 5.6 5.1
May 4.7 5.0 5.1 May 3.2 3.6 3.2 May 6.7 7.6 6.2 May 4.9 5.4 5.1
June 4.4 5.0 4.9 June 2.6 2.6 2.2 June 7.0 8.1 6.5 June 4.7 5.3 4.7
July 4.1 4.5 4.0 July 1.1 1.4 1.1 July 6.3 7.4 5.8 July 4.0 4.6 3.8
August 4.6 4.3 4.2 August 2.0 1.4 1.3 August 7.3 7.4 6.2 August 4.7 4.4 4.1
September 6.1 5.2 5.2 September 4.4 2.8 2.9 September 8.5 8.0 7.6 September 6.4 5.4 5.3
October 6.0 5.7 October 4.1 3.4 October 8.7 8.1 October 6.3 5.8
November 6.5 6.3 November 5.6 4.7 November 8.7 8.6 November 6.9 6.5
December 6.2 6.7 December 6.1 5.3 December 8.8 8.9 December 6.9 7.0
January 6.7 5.2 January 3.9 4.3 January 10.1 8.0 January 7.0 5.8
February 6.5 5.7 February 3.7 4.1 February 9.5 7.9 February 6.6 5.9
March 8.0 6.2 March 4.3 4.6 March 11.3 8.3 March 7.9 6.4
Annual Average 5.7 5.4 5.4 Annual Average 3.6 3.4 3.3 Annual Average 8.3 8.1 7.4 Annual Average 5.9 5.7 5.5
Average Apr-Sep 4.7 4.9 4.8 Average Apr-Sep 2.6 2.4 2.3 Average Apr-Sep 7.0 7.9 6.6 Average Apr-Sep 4.8 5.1 4.7
7707 4036 4583 16326No of Employees at 30 September 2023
Appendix 1
Absence Trends - 2021/2022, 2022/2023 & 2023/2024
Council Wide
APT&C Teachers
No of Employees at 30 September 2023 No of Employees at 30 September 2023
Manual Workers Council Wide
No of Employees at 30 September 2023
36

Page 37

2021 /
2022
2022 /
2023
2023 /
2024
2021 /
2022
2022 /
2023
2023 /
2024
2021 /
2022
2022 /
2023
2023 /
2024
2021 /
2022
2022 /
2023
2023 /
2024
% % % % % % % % % % % %
April 2.3 4.4 3.6 April 5.7 7.3 6.3 April 5.2 6.9 6.0 April 4.3 5.6 5.1
May 2.7 3.9 3.7 May 6.4 6.8 6.3 May 5.9 6.3 5.9 May 4.9 5.4 5.1
June 2.8 3.5 4.3 June 6.6 7.2 5.9 June 6.0 6.7 5.7 June 4.7 5.3 4.7
July 2.9 3.9 2.3 July 5.3 5.9 4.6 July 4.9 5.6 4.3 July 4.0 4.6 3.8
August 2.9 3.4 3.0 August 6.4 6.6 5.2 August 5.9 6.1 4.9 August 4.7 4.4 4.1
September 3.4 3.1 2.5 September 8.2 7.9 7.1 September 7.5 7.1 6.4 September 6.4 5.4 5.3
October 3.8 5.1 October 7.9 7.5 October 7.3 7.1 October 6.3 5.8
November 3.5 4.2 November 8.0 8.3 November 7.3 7.7 November 6.9 6.5
December 4.2 3.7 December 8.0 8.8 December 7.4 8.0 December 6.9 7.0
January 3.6 2.6 January 9.6 7.4 January 8.6 6.7 January 7.0 5.8
February 4.4 3.6 February 9.5 7.4 February 8.7 6.9 February 6.6 5.9
March 6.0 3.9 March 11.0 7.9 March 10.2 7.3 March 7.9 6.4
Annual Average 3.5 3.8 3.5 Annual Average 7.7 7.4 6.9 Annual Average 7.1 6.9 6.4 Annual Average 5.9 5.7 5.5
Average Apr-Sep 2.8 3.7 3.2 Average Apr-Sep 6.4 7.0 5.9 Average Apr-Sep 5.9 6.5 5.5 Average Apr-Sep 4.8 5.1 4.7
531 2942 3473 16326
Appendix 2
Absence Trends - 2021/2022, 2022/2023 & 2023/2024
Community and Enterprise Resources
APT&C Council WideManual Workers Resource Total
No of Employees at 30 September 2023 No of Employees at 30 September 2023 No of Employees at 30 September 2023 No of Employees at 30 September 2023
37

Page 38

2021 /
2022
2022 /
2023
2023 /
2024
2021 /
2022
2022 /
2023
2023 /
2024
2021 /
2022
2022 /
2023
2023 /
2024
2021 /
2022
2022 /
2023
2023 /
2024
% % % % % % % % % % % %
April 4.8 5.5 5.0 April 2.5 2.7 2.8 April 3.5 4.0 3.8 April 4.3 5.6 5.1
May 5.7 5.5 5.4 May 3.2 3.6 3.2 May 4.4 4.5 4.2 May 4.9 5.4 5.1
June 4.7 5.1 4.8 June 2.6 2.6 2.2 June 3.5 3.7 3.4 June 4.7 5.3 4.7
July 3.4 3.8 3.4 July 1.1 1.4 1.1 July 2.1 2.5 2.2 July 4.0 4.6 3.8
August 3.8 3.6 4.0 August 2.0 1.4 1.3 August 2.8 2.4 2.5 August 4.7 4.4 4.1
September 6.4 5.8 5.9 September 4.4 2.8 2.9 September 5.3 4.1 4.3 September 6.4 5.4 5.3
October 6.6 6.5 October 4.1 3.4 October 5.2 4.8 October 6.3 5.8
November 8.0 7.9 November 5.6 4.7 November 6.7 6.2 November 6.9 6.5
December 8.0 8.5 December 6.1 5.3 December 7.0 6.8 December 6.9 7.0
January 8.1 6.1 January 3.9 4.3 January 5.8 5.1 January 7.0 5.8
February 7.2 6.8 February 3.7 4.1 February 5.3 5.4 February 6.6 5.9
March 9.5 7.0 March 4.3 4.6 March 6.7 5.7 March 7.9 6.4
Annual Average 6.4 6.0 5.9 Annual Average 3.6 3.4 3.3 Annual Average 4.9 4.6 4.5 Annual Average 5.9 5.7 5.5
Average Apr-Sep 4.8 4.9 4.8 Average Apr-Sep 2.6 2.4 2.3 Average Apr-Sep 3.6 3.5 3.4 Average Apr-Sep 4.8 5.1 4.7
3502 4036 7538 16326No of Employees at 30 September 2023 No of Employees at 30 September 2023 No of Employees at 30 September 2023 No of Employees at 30 September 2023
Appendix 3
Absence Trends - 2021/2022, 2022/2023 & 2023/2024
Education Resources
Council WideAPT&C Teachers Resource Total
38

Page 39

2021 /
2022
2022 /
2023
2023 /
2024
2021 /
2022
2022 /
2023
2023 /
2024
2021 /
2022
2022 /
2023
2023 /
2024
2021 /
2022
2022 /
2023
2023 /
2024
% % % % % % % % % % % %
April 2.6 2.8 3.6 April 0.0 0.0 0.0 April 2.6 2.8 3.6 April 4.3 5.6 5.1
May 3.3 3.2 3.9 May 0.0 0.0 0.0 May 3.3 3.2 3.9 May 4.9 5.4 5.1
June 3.5 4.0 4.2 June 0.0 0.0 0.0 June 3.5 4.0 4.2 June 4.7 5.3 4.7
July 3.3 3.9 3.5 July 0.0 0.0 0.0 July 3.3 3.9 3.5 July 4.0 4.6 3.8
August 3.6 4.1 3.8 August 0.0 0.0 0.0 August 3.6 4.1 3.8 August 4.7 4.4 4.1
September 4.0 3.6 3.9 September 0.0 0.0 0.0 September 4.0 3.6 3.9 September 6.4 5.4 5.3
October 3.6 3.8 October 0.0 0.0 October 3.6 3.8 October 6.3 5.8
November 4.3 3.4 November 0.0 0.0 November 4.3 3.4 November 6.9 6.5
December 3.8 4.3 December 0.0 0.0 December 3.8 4.3 December 6.9 7.0
January 3.8 4.3 January 0.0 0.0 January 3.8 4.3 January 7.0 5.8
February 3.4 3.8 February 0.0 0.0 February 3.4 3.8 February 6.6 5.9
March 3.4 3.8 March 0.0 0.0 March 3.4 3.8 March 7.9 6.4
Annual Average 3.6 3.8 3.9 Annual Average 0.0 0.0 0.0 Annual Average 3.6 3.8 3.9 Annual Average 5.9 5.7 5.5
Average Apr-Sep 3.4 3.6 3.8 Average Apr-Sep 0.0 0.0 0.0 Average Apr-Sep 3.4 3.6 3.8 Average Apr-Sep 4.8 5.1 4.7
914 0 914 16326No of Employees at 30 September 2023
Resource Total
No of Employees at 30 September 2023
Appendix 4
Absence Trends - 2021/2022, 2022/2023 & 2023/2024
Finance and Corporate Resources
No of Employees at 30 September 2023 No of Employees at 30 September 2023
APT&C Council WideManual Workers
39

Page 40

2021 /
2022
2022 /
2023
2023 /
2024
2021 /
2022
2022 /
2023
2023 /
2024
2021 /
2022
2022 /
2023
2023 /
2024
2021 /
2022
2022 /
2023
2023 /
2024
% % % % % % % % % % % %
April 3.2 5.5 5.7 April 3.6 10.6 6.9 April 3.3 7.6 6.2 April 4.3 5.6 5.1
May 2.9 4.5 4.9 May 4.2 8.1 6.1 May 3.4 6.0 5.4 May 4.9 5.4 5.1
June 3.5 4.9 5.4 June 6.2 8.5 6.8 June 4.6 6.4 6.0 June 4.7 5.3 4.7
July 4.0 5.5 5.0 July 5.7 8.9 8.1 July 4.7 6.9 6.2 July 4.0 4.6 3.8
August 4.9 4.7 5.1 August 7.9 7.1 8.5 August 6.2 5.7 6.4 August 4.7 4.4 4.1
September 5.8 4.5 4.7 September 8.1 6.3 7.8 September 6.8 5.2 6.0 September 6.4 5.4 5.3
October 5.2 4.3 October 9.0 7.8 October 6.8 5.8 October 6.3 5.8
November 5.7 4.6 November 9.2 7.8 November 7.2 5.9 November 6.9 6.5
December 4.6 4.4 December 9.5 7.2 December 6.7 5.6 December 6.9 7.0
January 5.2 4.5 January 8.8 5.5 January 6.7 4.9 January 7.0 5.8
February 6.4 4.4 February 8.5 6.2 February 7.3 5.1 February 6.6 5.9
March 7.8 5.3 March 10.7 6.8 March 9.0 5.9 March 7.9 6.4
Annual Average 4.9 4.8 4.9 Annual Average 7.6 7.6 7.1 Annual Average 6.1 5.9 5.8 Annual Average 5.9 5.7 5.5
Average Apr-Sep 4.1 4.9 5.1 Average Apr-Sep 6.0 8.3 7.4 Average Apr-Sep 4.8 6.3 6.0 Average Apr-Sep 4.8 5.1 4.7
881 566 1447 16326No of Employees at 30 September 2023No of Employees at 30 September 2023 No of Employees at 30 September 2023 No of Employees at 30 September 2023
Appendix 5
Housing & Technical Resources
Resource Total
Absence Trends - 2021/2022, 2022/2023 & 2023/2024
APT&C Manual Workers Council Wide
40

Page 41

2021 /
2022
2022 /
2023
2023 /
2024
2021 /
2022
2022 /
2023
2023 /
2024
2021 /
2022
2022 /
2023
2023 /
2024
2021 /
2022
2022 /
2023
2023 /
2024
% % % % % % % % % % % %
April 4.5 6.2 6.5 April 9.6 12.6 9.4 April 6.2 8.3 7.4 April 4.3 5.6 5.1
May 5.0 5.7 5.8 May 9.3 10.1 8.4 May 6.5 7.1 6.6 May 4.9 5.4 5.1
June 3.9 5.9 5.5 June 7.6 11.3 8.6 June 5.2 7.6 6.5 June 4.7 5.3 4.7
July 6.1 6.0 5.4 July 10.3 11.8 8.8 July 7.5 7.9 6.5 July 4.0 4.6 3.8
August 7.3 6.0 4.8 August 10.2 10.8 8.6 August 8.2 7.5 6.0 August 4.7 4.4 4.1
September 7.6 5.9 5.6 September 10.3 9.6 9.3 September 8.5 7.1 6.8 September 6.4 5.4 5.3
October 6.9 5.8 October 11.3 10.4 October 8.4 7.3 October 6.3 5.8
November 6.2 6.0 November 10.8 10.4 November 7.7 7.4 November 6.9 6.5
December 5.5 6.4 December 11.1 10.6 December 7.3 7.7 December 6.9 7.0
January 7.4 5.2 January 13.0 12.0 January 9.2 7.4 January 7.0 5.8
February 7.5 5.8 February 10.1 11.0 February 8.3 7.5 February 6.6 5.9
March 8.0 7.0 March 12.8 10.9 March 9.5 8.2 March 7.9 6.4
Annual Average 6.3 6.0 5.8 Annual Average 10.5 11.0 9.9 Annual Average 7.7 7.6 7.1 Annual Average 5.9 5.7 5.5
Average Apr-Sep 5.7 6.0 5.6 Average Apr-Sep 9.6 11.0 8.9 Average Apr-Sep 7.0 7.6 6.6 Average Apr-Sep 4.8 5.1 4.7
1879 1075 2954 16326No of Employees at 30 September 2023 No of Employees at 30 September 2023 No of Employees at 30 September 2023 No of Employees at 30 September 2023
Appendix 6
Absence Trends - 2021/2022, 2022/2023 & 2023/2024
Social Work Resources
APT&C Council WideResource TotalManual Workers
41

Page 42

Appendix 7
Community and Enterprise 1.9 3.6 5.5
Education 1.1 2.3 3.4
Finance and Corporate 1.2 2.6 3.8
Housing & Technical 1.9 4.1 6.0
Social Work 1.9 4.7 6.6
Council Overall for           
April - September 2023 1.5 3.2 4.7
Absence by Long and Short Term
From: 1 April - 30 September 2023
Resource Total Long
Term %
April - September 2023
Total Short
Term %
Resource Total
Absence %
42

Page 43

Appendix 8
Reason Total Work Days Lost % of Work Days Lost
Psychological 31355 35
Musculoskeletal 21317 24
Stomach 8015 9
Respiratory 9381 10
Others 20205 22
Total Days Lost 90273 100
Reason Total Work Days Lost % of Work Days Lost
Psychological 30750 20
Musculoskeletal 19914 10
Stomach 9501 31
Respiratory 18310 18
Others 20818 21
Total Days Lost 99293 100
From 1 April - 30 September 2022
From 1 April - 30 September 2023
Absence Classifications
Absence Monitoring 
43

Page 44

FROM: 1 April - 30 September 2023 comparison with 1 April - 30 September 2022
Teachers Others
178 70 85 24 114 187
218 53 82 41 118 201
RESOURCE Apr-Sep
2022
Apr-Sep
2023 RESOURCE Apr-Sep
2022
Apr-Sep
2023 RESOURCE Apr-Sep
2022
Apr-Sep
2023
Community and Enterprise 240 261 Community and Enterprise 188 193 Community and Enterprise 0 0
Education (Teachers) 146 122 Education 280 304 Education 2 3
Education (Others) 159 184 Finance and Corporate 42 52 Finance and Corporate 0 0
Finance and Corporate 35 43 Housing and Technical 68 71 Housing and Technical 0 1
Housing and Technical 107 116 Social Work 230 192 Social Work 0 2
Social Work 240 228 Total 808 812 2 4
Total 927 954 Total 4 10
M S M S M S M S M S M S
Total (Apr-Sep 2023) 62 0 0 0 183 0 14 0 46 0 305 0
Total (Apr-Sep 2022) 67 0 0 0 162 0 0 0 23 0 252 0
305
252
M = Management Referral      S = Self Referral
Occupational Health Reports
Medical Referrals
Community
and
Enterprise
Education Finance and
Corporate
Housing &
Technical Social Work Totals
Bereavement Total
Total (Apr-Sep 2023) 658
Total (Apr-Sep 2022) 713
No of Employees Referred For Physiotherapy No of Employees Referred To Employee
Support Officer
No of Employees Referred For Cognitive
Behavioural Therapy
Not Disclose
Appendix 9
Total Referrals (Apr-Sep 2023)  
Total Referrals (Apr-Sep 2022)  
Analysis of Counselling Referrals by Cause
Reason
Work Stress Addiction Personal Anxiety/ Depression
44

Page 45

2022 2023 2022 2023 2022 2023 2022 2023 2022 2023 2022 2023
Specified Injury 0 2 2 4 0 0 0 0 2 2 4 8
Violent Incident:  Physical 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total Specified Injury* 0 2 2 4 0 0 0 0 2 2 4 8
Over 7-day 12 10 4 2 0 0 8 3 5 7 29 22
Violent Incident:  Physical 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Violent Incident:  Verbal 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total Over 7-day** 12 10 4 2 0 0 8 3 5 7 29 22
Over 3-day 1 0 3 0 0 0 1 1 2 1 7 2
Violent Incident:  Physical 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Violent Incident:  Verbal 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total Over 3-day** 1 0 3 0 0 0 1 1 2 1 7 2
Minor 42 53 21 25 2 1 4 8 30 25 99 112
Near Miss 6 7 3 3 0 0 0 3 3 1 12 14
Violent Incident:  Physical 7 13 441 448 0 0 0 0 14 12 462 473
Violent Incident:  Verbal 7 9 71 30 1 1 5 5 9 7 93 52
Total Minor*** 62 82 536 506 3 2 9 16 56 45 666 651
Total Accidents/Incidents 75 94 545 512 3 2 18 20 65 55 706 683
*A Specified Injury is any fracture (other than to the fingers, thumbs or toes), amputation, loss of sight, serious burns, crushing injury, scalping, loss of consciousness caused by asphyxiation/ head injury,
a chemical or hot metal burn to the eye or penetrating injury as defined by the HSE.
**Over 3 day / over 7day absence is an injury sustained outwith major injury category that results in a period of absence of absence as defined by the HSE. 
*** A minor injury is an injury not covered by " Over 7-day", "Over 3-day" or "Specified".
Comparison
Cause of Accidents/Incidents to Employees
Community and
Enterprise Education Finance and
Corporate Housing & Tech Social Work TOTAL
FROM: 1 April - 30 September 2023 comparison with 1 April - 30 September 2022
Analysis of Accidents/Incidents
Appendix 10
45

Page 46

APT&C Manual /
Craft Teachers Total APT&C Manual /
Craft Teachers Total
Community and Enterprise 1 50 N/A 51 0 1 N/A 1 1 49 N/A 50 34 11 6 88%
Education 1 6 5 12 0 3 2 5 1 3 3 7 6 1 5 58%
Finance and Corporate 5 0 N/A 5 0 0 N/A 0 5 0 N/A 5 4 1 0 100%
Housing and Technical 0 8 N/A 8 0 1 N/A 1 0 7 N/A 7 6 2 0 100%
Social Work 1 12 N/A 13 0 0 N/A 0 1 12 N/A 13 8 4 1 92%
Total (Apr-Sep 2023) 8 76 5 89 0 5 2 7 8 71 3 82 58 19 12 87%
Total (Apr-Sep 2022) 4 58 1 63 0 8 0 8 4 50 1 55 33 8 22 65%
APT&C Manual/
Craft Teachers Total APT&C Manual/
Craft Teachers Total APT&C Manual/
Craft Teachers Total
Total (Apr-Sep 2023) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total (Apr-Sep 2022) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
*Resources nil responses are not included in figures
Appeal's Panel
FROM: 1 April - 30 September 2023
Appeal's Panel
4-6
Upheld in Part Not Upheld Total
Appendix 11
Withdrawn
6+
% Held
within 6
Weeks
Upheld in Part
Record of Disciplinary Hearings
No of weeks to convene Disciplinary
Hearing
Total
Manual/
Craft
Upheld
N.B.  Non-White employees refers to those employees who have indicated that they are:-  Any other mixed background, Indian, Pakistani, Bangladeshi, Chinese, Any other Asian background, Caribbean, African and any other black background.
No Action
Outcome of Disciplinary Hearings
Teachers 3
RESOURCE
APT&C
Action Taken
0 0 1 1
Upheld
Outcome of Appeals
RESOURCE
Total
No of Appeals
APT&C
Not Upheld
72
Appeals
Pending
FROM: 1 April - 30 September 2023 comparison with 1 April - 30 September 2022
Appeals pending
to date
No of Disciplinary Hearings
Manual/
Craft Teachers
46

Page 47

Record of Grievances
Grievances No of Grievances No Resolved at
Stage 1
No Resolved at
Stage 2
No Resolved at
Stage 3
Still in
Process
Total (Apr-Sep 2023) 6 1 1 0 4
Total (Apr-Sep 2022) 10 1 9 0 0
Dignity at Work
Dignity at Work No of Incidents No Resolved at
Informal Stage
No Resolved at
Formal Stage No of Appeals Appeals in
Process
Still in
Process
Total (Apr-Sep 2023) 5 0 0 0 0 5
Total (Apr-Sep 2022) 4 0 4 0 0 0
FROM: 1 April - 30 September 2023 comparison with 1 April - 30 September 2022
FROM: 1 April - 30 September 2023 comparison with 1 April - 30 September 2022
Appendix 12a
47

Page 48

Referrals for Workplace Mediation
Workplace Mediation Apr-23 May-23 Jun-23 Jul-23 Aug-23 Sep-23
No of Referrals 0 2 1 0 0 1
*No of Successful Cases 0 0 0 0 0 0
*No of Unsuccessful Cases 0 0 0 0 0 0
No of cases unsuitable for mediation 0 1 0 1 1 0
Workplace Mediation Apr-22 May-22 Jun-22 Jul-22 Aug-22 Sep-22
No of Referrals 0 0 1 1 3 0
*No of Successful Cases 0 0 0 0 1 0
*No of Unsuccessful Cases 0 0 0 0 0 0
No of cases unsuitable for mediation 0 0 0 0 1 1
*successful/unsuccessful case outcomes may be shown outwith the month they were referred.
As at September 2023
Appendix 12b
48

Page 49

Attended classroom based training
Community and Enterprise 1321
Education 160
Finance and Corporate 53
Housing and Technical 421
Social Work 2070
Total 4,025
Attended training delivered virtually
Community and Enterprise 48
Education 451
Finance and Corporate 216
Housing and Technical 113
Social Work 857
Total 1,685
Courses Completed / Passed
Community and Enterprise 10833
Education 32335
Finance and Corporate 1958
Housing and Technical 6924
Social Work 18730
Total 70,780
Employee Development
1 April - 30 September 2023
Appendix 13
49

Page 50

Percentage (%) Count
Male 28.3% 2486
Female 71.7% 6290
Disabled 1.0% 84
Not Disabled 82.0% 7049
Not Disclosed 5.2% 449
Not Entered 11.8% 1016
White - Scottish 74.7% 6558
White - Other British 2.8% 244
White - Irish 0.4% 38
White - Any other Background 0.7% 64
Asian - Pakistani 0.2% 15
All Others 21.2% 1857
21 Years 1.3% 118
21-29 Years 21.3% 1869
30-39 Years 20.7% 1818
40-49 Years 20.0% 1759
50-59 Years 24.7% 2167
60-65 Years 9.1% 799
Over 65 Years 2.8% 246
Finance and Corporate Resources
Appendix 13a
Employee Development
Monitoring Stats for all Training - 1 April - 30 September 2023
50

Page 51

Appendix 14
From 1 April - 30 September 2023
Reason for leaving Community and
Enterprise Education Finance and
Corporate
Housing &
Technical Social Work Total %
Career Advancement 8 23 2 4 17 54 46%
Personal Reasons 2 7 2 3 3 17 15%
Disatisfaction with terms and
conditions 2 1 1 1 1 6 5%
Travelling difficulties 1 0 0 1 3 5 4%
Further Education 0 4 0 0 1 5 4%
Child Caring / Caring
Responsibilities 2 0 0 0 2 4 3%
Moving outwith area 0 3 1 0 0 4 3%
Poor relationship with managers /
colleagues 3 0 0 0 1 4 3%
Other 10 4 0 0 4 18 15%
Number of exit interviews
conducted 28 42 6 9 32 117
Total no. of leavers per
Resource eligible for an exit
interview
96 172 16 21 77 382
% of leavers interviewed 29% 24% 38% 43% 42% 31%
From 1 April - 30 September 2022
Number of exit interviews
conducted 15 75 8 12 52 162
Total no. of leavers per
Resource eligible for an exit
interview
93 172 27 28 97 417
% of leavers interviewed 16% 44% 30% 43% 54% 39%
* Note these totals include temporary employees
Analysis of Leavers and Exit Interviews
51

Page 52

Resource Total FTE* Total H/C** FTE H/C FTE H/C FTE H/C FTE H/C FTE H/C FTE H/C
Community & Enterprise 138.39 242 133.81 236 0.00 0 0.00 0 2.58 4 2.00 2 0.00 0
Education 384.22 472 377.58 463 2.48 3 0.00 0 2.03 3 0.60 1 1.53 2
Finance & Corporate 36.96 44 33.56 40 1.00 1 0.00 0 0.00 0 2.40 3 0.00 0
Housing & Technical 45.68 57 45.28 56 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.40 1 0.00 0 0.00 0
Social Work 116.90 179 104.55 132 1.81 33 0.95 1 2.29 3 7.30 9 0.00 1
Total 722.15 994 694.78 927 5.29 37 0.95 1 7.30 11 12.30 15 1.53 3
Appendix 14a
April - September 2023 Number of leavers Replace Employee Filling on a temp basis Plan to transfer this budget
to another post End of fixed term post
Leave vacant pending
savings or service
review
Plan to remove for
savings
52

Page 53

Appendix 15
Applied Interviewed Appointed % of Applicants
interviewed
% of Applicants
appointed
% of
Interviewees
appointed
8809 3371 731 38% 8% 22%
3006 986 205 33% 7% 21%
5789 2002 488 35% 8% 24%
321 169 19 53% 6% 11%
6843 2310 502 34% 7% 22%
2283 791 195 35% 9% 25%
7651 2760 664 36% 9% 24%
1064 365 41 34% 4% 11%
84 42 3 50% 4% 0%
Applied Interviewed Appointed % of Applicants
interviewed
% of Applicants
appointed
% of
Interviewees
appointed
7609 4293 1366 56% 18% 32%
2390 1433 330 60% 14% 23%
5217 2768 951 53% 18% 34%
191 118 30 62% 16% 25%
6262 3484 1023 56% 16% 29%
1284 683 254 53% 20% 37%
7200 4007 1239 56% 17% 31%
339 148 25 44% 7% 17%
80 49 0 61% 0% 0%
Recruitment Monitoring
Analysis of Gender, Disability, Ethnicity and Age
From : 1 April - 30 September 2023
Total Number of applications received: 9270
Total Number of Equal Opportunities Monitoring forms received: 8809 (95%)
Total Number of posts recruited for: 1215
Total Number of appointments: 876
Gender / Disability / Age
Total EO Forms Received
Total No of Male Applicants
Total No of Female Applicants
Total No of Disabled Applicants
Total No of applicants aged under 50
Total No of applicants aged over 50
Total No of White applicants
Total No of Black/Ethnic minority applicants*
Total No of Veteran applicants
*Black/Ethnic Minority applicants includes Mixed, Asian, Black and other backgrounds.
From : 1 April - 30 September 2022
Total Number of applications received: 7826
Total No of applicants aged under 50
Total Number of Equal Opportunities Monitoring forms received: 7609 (97%)
Total Number of posts recruited for: 1369
Total Number of appointments: 1402
Total No of applicants aged over 50
Total No of White applicants
Total No of Black/Ethnic minority applicants*
Total No of Veteran applicants
*Black/Ethnic Minority applicants includes Mixed, Asian, Black and other backgrounds.
Gender / Disability / Age
Total EO Forms Received
Total No of Male Applicants
Total No of Female Applicants
Total No of Disabled Applicants
53

Page 54

Resource Total F/T P/T F/T P/T Total Chief Officer Grade 1 Grade 2 Grade 3 Grade 4 Grade 5 Grade 6 Fixed SCP Teacher
Community & Enterprise Resources 3140 1248 260 204 1428 2213.56 5.00 1535.63 371.38 236.50 44.05 16.00 0.00 5.00 0.00
Education - Others 3296 130 94 672 2400 2414.69 4.00 1185.77 951.66 144.40 49.60 10.00 0.00 62.46 6.80
Education - Teachers 3923 700 81 2235 907 3539.95 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.00 0.00 6.60 3532.35
Finance & Corporate Resources 841 196 15 400 230 761.82 8.00 111.26 357.34 213.64 50.28 21.30 0.00 0.00 0.00
Housing & Technical 1286 802 25 332 127 1228.24 3.00 205.10 623.16 357.38 29.60 10.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Social Work Resources 2756 199 207 1004 1346 2411.06 3.00 350.14 1461.14 529.23 36.80 30.75 0.00 0.00 0.00
9029.37 (excluding Teachers)
Total All Staff 15242 3275 682 4847 6438 12569.32 23.00 3387.90 3764.68 1481.15 210.33 89.05 0.00 74.06 3539.15
** Change to report this is now run electronically which allows us to report on grade.
Resource Total F/T P/T F/T P/T Total Director Grade 1 Grade 2 Grade 3 Grade 4 Grade 5 Grade 6 Fixed SCP Teacher
Community & Enterprise Resources 3137 1287 236 206 1408 2230.86 1.00 1525.42 397.39 233.22 45.23 17.00 2.00 9.60 0.00
Education - Others 3212 143 88 656 2325 2352.27 1.00 1159.20 914.47 143.94 46.60 11.60 4.00 63.66 7.80
Education - Teachers 3876 688 70 2275 843 3515.30 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 3514.30
Finance & Corporate Resources 897 207 24 415 251 805.43 2.00 128.41 363.75 223.48 57.49 24.30 6.00 0.00 0.00
Housing & Technical 1291 823 26 320 122 1233.52 1.00 216.87 615.18 358.87 28.60 11.00 2.00 0.00 0.00
Social Work Resources 2652 223 166 1003 1260 2321.75 1.00 1131.10 572.73 548.36 36.80 29.76 2.00 0.00 0.00
8943.83 (excluding Teachers)
Total All Staff 15065 3371 610 4875 6209 12459.13 6.00 4161.00 2863.52 1507.87 214.72 94.66 16.00 73.26 3522.10
** Change to report this is now run electronically which allows us to report on grade.
QUARTERLYJOINT STAFFING WATCH RETURN : NUMBER EMPLOYED ON 9 SEPTEMBER 2023
Analysis by Resource
Appendix 16
Analysis by Resource
Total Number of Employees Full-Time Equivalent
Female Salary Band
Total Number of Employees Full-Time Equivalent
Male Female Salary Band
QUARTERLYJOINT STAFFING WATCH RETURN : NUMBER EMPLOYED ON 10 SEPTEMBER 2022
Male
54

Page 55

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Executive Committee
Date of Meeting: 22 November 2023
Report by: Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources)  
Subject: Community Plan Quarter 4 Progress Report 2022/2023
and Annual Outcomes Improvement Report 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:- 
[purpose]
 advise the Executive Committee of progress made against the outcomes within
the Community Plan 2022/2023 as at the end of March 2023
purpose]
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Executive Committee is asked to approve the following recommendations:-
[
(1) that the progress made to date against the outcomes within the Community
Plan 2022/2032 be noted (see Appendix 1); and
(2) that the content of the Annual Outcomes Improvement Report (see Appendix
2) is noted. 
3. Background
3.1. The South Lanarkshire Community Plan was approved in October 2017 and sets out
the priorities and outcomes for the partnership over 10 years from 2022 to 2032. 
3.2. A report setting out the new Community Plan was approved by the Partnership Board
on 22 June 2022.  This report outlined a plan to meet the requirement to publish a
Local Outcomes Improvement Plan as required by the Community Empowerment Act. 
It was agreed that an Annual Outcomes Improvement Report would be published
alongside the Performance Progress report. 
3.3. This report outlines the progress made against the Community Plan up to the end of
March 2023.  It also provides an update on the Annual Outcomes Improvement Report
for 2022-23 as detailed in Appendix 2.   
4. Writing the Delivery Plan
4.1. Critical to the success of the new plan is delivering on our promise to work together
with communities, local organisations and businesses to deliver the ambitions set out
in the Community Plan.  To achieve these ambitions, we need to change how we
currently work together; taking a more holistic and joined up approach to service
delivery through re-imagining current service delivery models; and through developing
a clearer understanding of how our work impacts on individuals, families, communities,
local organisations and businesses; and the contributions that we make as a whole in
our work towards a fairer South Lanarkshire for all.    
7
55

Page 56

4.2. At the Partnership Board on 14 September 2022, it was agreed that the action plan is
written with local communities using the following process steps: co-determine; co-
decide; co-design; co-deliver.  We will build on current local plans and work with
Community Partnerships and other locality groups as part of this approach.  The Board
also agreed that partners continue to support this work as they have done to this point
in the engagement and writing activity for the new Community Plan; this includes
ensuring staff are fully engaged in the process of working with communities to create
the action plan. 
5. Progress to Date
5.1.  The principles underpinning the framework remain to ensure that the Partnership
Board receives clear performance reports which are produced to a common timescale
and a common standard across the Partnership. 
5.2. The outcomes within the Community Plan are reported in full within this Quarter 4
report, using the latest information available.  The report shows whether outcomes are
being achieved to facilitate change and progress against the associated improvement
actions.  It also highlights progress on specific outcomes to inform good practice,
learning and sharing across the Partnership.   
5.3. The report uses a “traffic light” system to indicate if there are any concerns about
whether a target will be reached or whether an action will be completed as intended. 
In general, a blue status indicates that the action to achieve change has been
completed.  A green status indicates that there are no concerns about meeting a target
or achieving an action.  Amber and red are used to flag up where there might be
slippage or deviation from plans.  The following definitions are used:-  
Status Definition
Blue The action to achieve change has been completed
Green On course to achieve the target or complete the action as planned/the
timescale or target has been met as per expectations
Amber There has been minor slippage against timescale or minor shortfall
against target
Red There has been major slippage against timescale or major shortfall
against target
To be
reported
later
For some measures, the statistics are not yet available to allow us to
say whether the target has been reached or not.  These will be reported
when available 
5.4. The Community Plan Outcomes Report
There are 32 measures within the Community Plan and the table below gives a
summary of the progress as follows:-  
56

Page 57

Summary: 
Priority
Status by year
Total Blue Green Amber Red
Report
Later/Not
Available
22-23 22-23 22-23 22-23 22-23
Putting learning at the
centre 0 5 0 0 0 5
Our children and young
people thrive 0 5 0 0 1 6
Thriving businesses and
fair jobs 0 4 0 0 0 4
Caring, connected
communities 0 4 2 0 0 6
People live the healthiest
lives possible 0 5 0 0 0 5
Good quality, suitable
housing for everyone 0 3 1 1 1 6
Total 0 26 3 1 2 32 
5.5. Of the 32 measures, 0 (0%) have been completed, 26 (82%) are judged to be on
course to achieve the targets set, while 1 (3%) is judged to be considerably off target
and a further 3 (9%) are judged to be slightly off target.  There are 2 measures (6%)
to be reported later.   
5.6. It is important to note that the data within the report does not always refer to the current
reporting year.  What is shown is the most recent data available, on the strength of
which a judgement is made about whether the targets set in the Community Plan are
likely to be achieved. 
5.7. There are three amber measures and one red measure and these are detailed below
with explanatory commentary.   
Caring, connected communities 
Action Outcome Indicator Comments
Amber
We will bring
communities
together to
share priorities
and work jointly
on them
Hold a networking
event for
representatives of
community led plans
to come together and
discuss progress and
next steps across
South Lanarkshire
Due to changes within the Community
Engagement Team, SLC this networking event will
now take place in Winter 2023. 
Responsibility (Lead): Children’s Services Partnership
Partner action to improve the outcome
The Community Engagement Team has now recruited a further 3 Officers and 1 Assistant and
these staff are now working in the priority urban communities and with key community
representatives.  It is anticipated that community representatives will be identified across all the
areas and a networking event will be organised for Winter 2023. 
Action Outcome Indicator Comments
57

Page 58

Amber
We will bring
communities
together to
share priorities
and work jointly
on them
Representation of all
4 community
partnerships at Board
level 
Representatives of the Cambuslang/Rutherglen
and Clydesdale Community Partnerships are now
members of the CPP Board and provide quarterly
reports to the Board. 
Officers within the Community Engagement Team,
SLC are progressing work to establish the
Hamilton and East Kilbride Community
Partnerships by 30 June 2023 to enable
representation of these groups to the CPP Board.
Responsibility (Lead): Children’s Services Partnership
Partner action to improve the outcome
Following recruitment of staff to the Community Engagement Team, work is progressing to
establish the Hamilton and East Kilbride Community Partnerships including mapping of
Community Councils and Stakeholder Groups and intensive engagement taking place with
potential members.  Meetings of the Hamilton and East Kilbride Community Partnerships are due
to be arranged for Summer 2023. 
Progress update:- all Community Partnerships have now held their first meeting and work
continues to strengthen their membership. 
Good quality, suitable housing for everyone 
Outcome
Indicator
Baseline 2023
Target
Latest Comments
Amber
Increase the
number of
people
accessing
Housing
Options
services
964 Over
1,000 per
year
972 There has been a significant focus on the
development of homelessness
prevention services in recent years and
in particular on developing the Housing
Options service as the first response to
emerging housing need and risks. 
The slight reduction in the number of
housing option interviews in the year can
be attributed to emerging changes within
the private rented sector and the cost-of-
living crisis which have adversely
impacted on prevention opportunities.
Responsibility (Lead): Community Safety Partnership 
58

Page 59

Outcome
Indicator
Baseline 2023
Target
Latest Comments
Despite being slightly under target for 2022-23 there has been a positive increase in the proportion
of instances where homelessness has been prevented, with 65% of housing options cases
successful in the prevention of homelessness.  This underlines the positive difference the Housing
Options approach continues to have on preventing homelessness in South Lanarkshire.   
External pressures, including economic issues affecting the housing market, pressures on both
the private and social rented sector and the “cost of living crisis” impact on and limit the availability
of housing options for individuals.  The council will, however, continue to work with partner
agencies and focus on promoting and delivering prevention work.   
In December 2021, the Scottish Government and COSLA jointly published ‘Preventing
Homelessness in Scotland’, a consultation which sought views on proposals to introduce statutory
prevention duties across public bodies, widening the responsibility for preventing homelessness
and highlighting the need for prevention activities to be shared across community planning
partners. 
It is expected that proposals in relation to this will be included in the new Housing Bill, expected to
be published later this year.  This will likely assist in the promotion of multi-agency prevention work
across South Lanarkshire. 
Outcome Indicator Baseline 2023
Target
Latest Comments
Red
Reduce the
level of
Homeless
Households
(homelessness
caseload at
year end) 
892 Reduce
from
baseline
by 10%-
20%
1,331 In the previous year, the Rapid
Rehousing Transition Plan (RRTP)
review noted significant success
against a wide range of homelessness
outcome measures. Within the current
year, however, there has been a
considerable increase in demand for
homelessness services locally and
nationally. 
The RRTP target of reducing
homelessness caseload by 10% - 20%
has not been achieved in the year due
to the significant increase which took
place in demand for homelessness
services. 
The forthcoming RRTP review will
consider the need for a revised target to
be set. 
Services continue to support
households with the overall aim of
avoiding homelessness where it is
possible to do so.
Responsibility (Lead): Community Safety Partnership 
59

Page 60

Outcome Indicator Baseline 2023
Target
Latest Comments
Performance in relation to this action is in line with national trends, which show a significant increase
in demand for homelessness services in the year.  In South Lanarkshire, during 2022-23, there was
a 17% increase in homelessness applications with 2,502 applications received compared with 2,134
in 2021-22.   
Whilst there has been a continued focus on homelessness, with 58% of council lets and 38% of
HomeFinder Registered Social Landlord lets directed to homeless households during the year, the
increase in demand has resulted in the target being unachievable. 
It is anticipated that there will be no significant change in the prevailing socio-economic
circumstances in the year ahead and consequently it is likely that the target will be adjusted, with
the aim of maintaining or slightly reducing the level of homeless households by 2023-24 year end. 
Services will continue to work together to support households with the overall aim of preventing
homelessness where possible and where this is not possible their experience will be brief and non-
recurring. 
Nationally, homeless applications are at the highest since collections began in 2002 (this is the
commencement of data collection in its current format), with an increase of 29% compared to 2019
reported by the Scottish Government in January 2023. 
5.8. Detailed progress against all outcomes and the related interventions contained within
the Community Plan is noted within the Quarter 4 Outcomes Progress Report at
Appendix 1. 
6. Key Achievements
6.1. Key achievements for 2022/2023, in relation to the priority themes, are highlighted
below: 
Priority Theme: Putting learning at the centre
Achievements: Mobilize Music Project
Mobilize Music Project is a youth-led community music project which provides creative opportunities
to young people aged 12-25 in East Kilbride and the wider South Lanarkshire area.  The group won
the newly added ‘Community Learning and Development’ category                in the Scottish Education
Awards 2022.  Following this success, the project members produced a live showcase event at the
music venue ‘Stereo’ in Glasgow’s city centre, to launch their very first compilation album, "Mobilize
Music Project: Volume 1" featuring some amazing original tracks written, performed and recorded
by Mobilize members over the course of this past year.
https://mobilizemusicproject.bandcamp.com/album/mobilize-music-project-vol-1
Achievements: Youth Strategy 2022-2025
The Youth Strategy 2022-2025 for South Lanarkshire is developed through extensive consultation
with over 1,000 young people across South Lanarkshire, and directly positions the key issues that
young people have identified, to support partners to better develop and deliver services.  The Youth
Strategy was launched in February 2023 by members of the South Lanarkshire Youth Council and
members of the Scottish Youth Parliament for South Lanarkshire, presenting the priorities: Health
and wellbeing; Youth friendly services; Learning and working; Rights; and Environment.
Priority Theme: Our children and young people thrive
Achievements: Preventing Domestic Abuse
Seven young people worked to co-produce a survey for young people aged 12-15 years old across
South Lanarkshire in schools and community groups to gain an understanding of their current
knowledge and experiences of Gender Based Violence in their community.  The young people
helped carry out the survey with youth groups, employability services, schools and colleges and
through social media to reach as many young people as possible.  The outcome from the survey
60

Page 61

helped them to think about what they could do as a group to challenge Gender Based Violence and
other types of abuse. 
This resulted in the group making an animation to challenge people’s understanding and attitudes
to Gender Based Violence and relationship-based abuse.  Throughout summer 2022, the young
people worked with design specialists and the team from Women’s Aid to co-create a two-minute
awareness raising animation, ‘16-days of activism visuals’ and supporting materials for use within
an education setting.  The animation was shared with over 200 staff from children’s services
organisations in November 2022. 
The animator’s blog reflects on her experiences working on this project: How co-designing with
young people can change your practice - Inclusion as Prevention. 
The young people are currently completing an SCQF level 4 Wellbeing Award for the work that they
have done on this subject, which recognises the levels of skills attained through their group work
and approach to tackling complex issues within their community. 
The project team, Hamilton Grammar and Women's Aid have worked closely together to pilot these
resources in the school with pupils and to understand the impact this has on attitudes and behaviour
of the young people participating.  The intention is to use the video more widely with young people
and in time make it an integral part of how Gender Based Violence is challenged in our communities
in general.
Priority Theme: Thriving businesses and fair jobs
Achievements: Recruitment Support 
During 2022-23 the Employability Team has worked with colleagues in recruitment to create a
pipeline of support to progress unemployed young people into employment opportunities with the
council.  This innovative approach has both supported the council to fill vacancies in hard to recruit
areas whilst also providing long-term well paid employment opportunities for local residents.  This
approach has included a blend of focused key work support, job fairs within local communities and
fast-track recruitment to support quick progressions to employment. 
At each job fair recruiting managers, recruitment staff from HR and employability key workers were
present to provide information on vacancies, match opportunities to jobseekers and complete on
the day applications.  In some instances, managers were able to carry out interviews on the day. 
Achievements: Economic Development Support
The council’s Business Support Team have supported 157 of our, (mainly small and micro)
businesses with grant funding totalling over £1.3million, securing approximately 40% European
Regional Development Funding before UK access to EU funding ends as part of Brexit.  This
funding supported the creation of 470 new jobs and safeguarded 1,273 existing jobs through growth
projects and business investment contributing to the transition to Net Zero.  With Lanarkshire
Business Gateway partners, 713 new business starts were supported in 2022-23. 
The £29.3m City Deal funded infrastructure project, widening to dual carriageway, A726 Strathaven
Road and Greenhills Road to the access to the Langlands West development, was completed and
opened to traffic on 28 June 2022.  With ancillary and landscaping works now being completed, the
next phase of works to prepare the 12 hectare Langlands West business and industrial development
site will commence in the late summer of 2023.  Enquiries from potential occupiers have been
received and the site will provide much needed space for existing South Lanarkshire businesses to
expand alongside new inward investment occupiers bringing new employment to the area.
Priority Theme: Caring, connected communities
Achievements: Funeral Poverty Awareness Week (21 November – 25 November 2022)
The Funeral Poverty Group is a sub-group of the Financial Inclusion Network (FIN) which organised
and hosted the first Funeral Poverty Awareness Week in November 2022.  The group was formed
just before the pandemic and one of its main aims was to raise awareness of the growing problem
of funeral poverty.  Funeral Poverty is defined as follows:
61

Page 62

‘Funeral Poverty is where the price of a funeral is beyond a person's ability to pay’. 
The week focussed on supports that are available to residents such as the Funeral Support
Payment from Social Security Scotland and highlighted organisations and services available such
as Money Matters, CAB’s and the council’s Bereavement Services.  It also highlighted some third
sector organisations that provide support (Lanarkshire Carers and The Manda Centre) as well as
spiritual support.
Achievements: Warm Welcome Initiative
During winter 2022-23, the Community Engagement Team along with other colleagues in South
Lanarkshire Council, and various community organisations provided warm space locations
throughout South Lanarkshire where members of the public could access a warm space and a
warm welcome.  Over 100 locations were identified for the public to visit, take part in activities and
to get warm.  These spaces, found in community settings and public buildings, aimed to provide
support and advice to local residents struggling with rising costs, particularly energy bills during the
cost of living crisis. 
Various resources were developed for those who required some additional information and support,
these included information booklets and an online directory of supports and a digital access map
showing all locations across the area.  A Community Grant Fund was also available for community
groups to access funding to offer activities or light refreshments to service users.  Work is taking
place to evaluate the impact of the project. 
Priority Theme: People live the healthiest lives
Achievements: Enhancing Carers Support
Our commissioned services continue to increase the numbers of carers/young carers supported
across all our localities. ‘Lanarkshire Carers’ hospital linked ‘Carer Support Workers’ are now co-
located across key NHS sites in Lanarkshire and have established links with NHS staff. Carer
Support Workers have engaged with individual NHS teams to highlight the importance of identifying
cases at the earliest possible stage of their hospital journey. 
The South Lanarkshire Health and Social Care Partnership (SLHSCP) recently reviewed its
approach to carer support and funding.  Additional staff (Social Work Assistants) in locality teams
have assisted with case management and reviewing carer support arrangements.  A Self Directed
Support (SDS) finance team is supporting the work of carers support arrangements, specifically in
relation to linking funding to identified needs and outcomes.  The overarching SDS Review team is
working to ensure equity of the allocation of finite carers’ support funding and is working in
partnership with ‘Lanarkshire Carers’ to ensure we continue to support our unpaid carers effectively
and efficiently. 
Achievements: Blantyre Life
As part of the council’s and South Lanarkshire Integration Joint Board’s (IJB) long-standing
commitment to improve later life for adults and older people and to meet the future needs and
wishes of the people, our new development in the heart of Blantyre consists of 20 award winning
technology enabled houses and a new care facility, in addition to 25 barrier free homes. 
The technology enabled properties, as well as the care facility itself, champions the ‘home for life’
principle, seeking to enhance access to intermediate care, thereby supporting more people to be
able to return to independent living in their own home and consequently, reducing reliance on long-
stay nursing and residential care.  All of the technology enabled homes were allocated to service
users throughout 2022 with the care facility also now fully operational.  The new state-of-the-art
care facility incorporates twenty intermediate care beds aimed at supporting people to return home
or to a setting which best meets their needs. 
A Technology Enabled Care (TEC) zone, designed in collaboration with Glasgow Science Centre,
will showcase how technology enabled care can be used to support people to live well, safely, and
independently at home.
62

Page 63

Priority Theme: Good quality, suitable housing for everyone
Achievements: Home + Programme
The council’s Home + programme, supported by funding from the Scottish Government’s Affordable
Housing Supply Programme, delivered a total of 233 homes across South Lanarkshire during 2022-
23, including 57 properties purchased through the open market. 
These homes provide a range of different sizes and house types including flats, cottage flats,
detached and semi-detached houses and semi-detached bungalows, suitable for varying needs. All
new build council homes are also energy efficient and incorporate low carbon technologies such as
solar panels, to benefit both the environment and household budgets. 
In addition to providing new homes, the landmark regeneration of Whitlawburn in Cambuslang also
featured a significant community benefit package which ensured local residents and businesses
gained as much as possible from the regeneration of the area.  This included a £50,000 endowment
fund which local tenants and residents had a key role in deciding how the fund should be allocated. 
Other additional community benefit initiatives delivered through the Whitlawburn contract included
working in partnership with Routes to Work, trade apprenticeships, work placements and the
provision of curriculum support for local schools.  This development provides an excellent example
of an integrated approach to tackling poverty and improving wellbeing, with families, older people,
those with particular needs and those experiencing homelessness all benefitting from the housing
led regeneration of the area.
Achievements: Refugee Resettlement Support Team
The council’s specialist Refugee Resettlement Support Team has been working with Ukrainian
nationals since March 2022, following the introduction of national schemes designed to provide
support to displaced families.  Over the past year, the team, based within Housing and Technical
Resources, has provided guidance and support to approximately 1,000 displaced Ukrainians in the
South Lanarkshire area who are living in the community, in their own homes, with hosts or within
interim accommodation.   
The team have also supported wider national priorities, e.g. providing accommodation for families
who had been temporarily accommodated on cruise ships in Glasgow and at Leith and ensuring
their smooth arrival into South Lanarkshire.   
A particular focus of the work involved establishing interim accommodation, supporting 150
Ukrainian nationals into former university student accommodation which opened in January
2023.  This accommodation is managed in partnership with the Salvation Army and provides single
people with an opportunity to move on from temporary provision, to find work and have time to plan
their move to longer-term housing options.     
As well as working with Ukrainian nationals, the team support refugee families already settled in the
area as well as welcoming new families who arrived as part of national resettlement schemes.   
The work of the Resettlement Team and the many partner services is making a real difference to
people who have had to leave their home due to conflict. 
7. Employee Implications
7.1. There are no employee implications associated with this report. 
8. Financial Implications 
8.1. There are no financial implications associated with this report. 
9. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
9.1. There are no implications for climate change, sustainability or the environment in terms
of the information contained in this report.
63

Page 64

10. Other Implications
10.1. There are no risk issues associated with the content of this report. 
11. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
11.1. This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy or recommend a
change to existing policy, function or strategy and therefore no impact assessment
is required. 
Paul Manning
Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources)
South Lanarkshire Council 
1 November 2023 
Links to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes
• Links to all Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes 
Previous References
• Executive Committee – Community Plan Quarter 4 Progress Report 2021-22 and
Annual Outcomes Improvement Report – 2 November 2022 
List of Background Papers
• None 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact:- 
Jen Kerr, Community Engagement Manager, South Lanarkshire Council
Tel: 07880 174955
Email: Jennifer.Kerr1@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 
64

Page 65

Progress Report
Community Plan 2022-2032
Quarter 4 2022-23 (April to March) 
7
65

Page 66

Summary - number of actions complete, green, amber, red and to be reported later  under
each Priority 
Priority areas of action 
Complete  Green
Status
Amber  Red
To be
reported
later
Total
Putting learning at the centre 0 5 0 0 0 5
Our children and young people thrive 0 5 0 0 1 6
Thriving businesses and fair jobs 0 4 0 0 0   4
Caring, connected communities 0 4 2 0 0 6
People live the healthiest lives possible  0 5 0 0 0   5
Good quality, suitable housing for everyone 0 3 1 1  1   6
Total 0 26 3 1  2 32   
Key: 
Statistical Measures 
Project Measures 
66

Page 67

Community Planning Partnership - Community Plan 2022-2032   
Putting learning at the centre 
Action Outcome Indicator Comments/Progress Status Baseline 2023 Target Latest Data
We will work with
parents to support
the development of
babies and young
children
Increase the number of
children in South
Lanarkshire (SIMD1/2)
with no concern related to
speech and language
development prior to
school entry 
Over the last four years, the 4-5 year old
review data for SIMD 1 and 2 for speech and
language has been impacted by the pandemic. 
The recent data evidences a decrease of 2.1%
in children reaching their developmental
milestones on SIMD 1 with an improvement in
SIMD 2. 
Woodlands Nursery tested the PEEP
Parenting Programme with both 2-3 and 3-5
year old children with a speech concern. They
ran three separate sessions initially 5 parents
in each and 6 completing.  Challenges were
parents working and engagement.  However,
for the parents that did engage they reported a
benefit receiving strategies with their children
and alleviating their anxiety with one dad so
committed he would go to work early and
come to the session before to returning to
work.  Some of the learning showed sessions
were better indoors, in particular, with the
younger age group as there were less
distractions and the collaboration of the
nursery and speech and language was
helpful.   
In January 2023, Public Health Scotland
produced speech, language and
communication development among children
in Scotland during the COVID-19 Pandemic:
whole system approach with the challenge to
partners to adopt the five strands of a
balanced system Family support, Environment,
Workforce, Identification and Intervention. 
Education and speech and language therapy 
Green 2021
SIMD 1
87.8% 
SIMD 2
87% 
85% 2021/22
SIMD 1 85.7%
SIMD 2 92.5% 
67

Page 68

Community Planning Partnership - Community Plan 2022-2032   
Action Outcome Indicator Comments/Progress Status Baseline 2023 Target Latest Data  
are now focusing on developing a shared
vision to generate ideas that will inform our
action plan going forward to improve outcomes
for children and young people with speech and
language communication needs.    
We will support
young people to
progress to further
learning, work or
training when they
leave school
Maintain school leaver
destination rate (SLDR) for
all young people 
The school leaver positive destination rate is
96.2%.  There is no change from 2020-21. 
South Lanarkshire sits above the National
average (95.7%) by 0.5%.
Green 2020/21
96.2
(SLC)
95.5
(Scotland)
Equal to
or above
the
Scottish
Average
96.2%
(SLC)
95.7%
(Scotland)
Increase positive
destination rate for young
people progressing from
the post-school
AspireWorks programme 
The positive destination rate for young people
participating in post school AspireWorks is
81%.
Green N/A 70% 81% 
68

Page 69

Community Planning Partnership - Community Plan 2022-2032   
Putting learning at the centre    
Action Outcome Indicator Comments/Progress Status
We will work with and
support people of all
ages to help them re-
engage with education
and learning or to
improve their
employability skills   
Learners will be offered opportunities to learn
skills that meet their needs across a range of
settings.  We will work with learners to:- 
• Enhance their parenting skills
• Help parents to support their child’s learning 
425 learners enhanced their parenting skills through a variety of
groupwork, formal and informal learning opportunities within Youth
Family and Community Learning (YFCL) establishments. 
535 learners feel better able to support their child’s learning.  
Programmes included structured learning such as Early Bird Plus
and Incredible Years, and other programmes such as young parent
groups and baby disco's etc.
Green
We will continue to support learners to progress
to other appropriate learning opportunities,
ensuring that we meet ongoing needs.  We will
work with learners to: 
• Help them re-engage with education/learning 
• Help them access volunteering opportunities
• Help them access any other appropriate
learning programmes or opportunities
• Improve their employability skills 
822 learners have re-engaged with education or learning through
work with Youth, Family and Community Learning (YFCL).
Programmes included community-based adult learning, adult
literacy and numeracy programmes and English for Speakers of
Other Languages (ESOL) as well as a range of opportunities for
young people such as youth work with school non-attenders (e.g
LEAD and Platform project). 
415 learners have accessed volunteering opportunities, both within
and outwith the YFCL Service.  Volunteers are referred onto a
range of projects through Community Learning and Development’s
Third Sector Organisations as well community groups etc.  Some
volunteers also work within schools or support groups to do the
Duke of Edinburgh Awards etc. 
451 have accessed other learning opportunities.  As above,
learners will at times be signposted onto a range of learning
opportunities such as Third Sector Organisations, community-
based projects and school-based projects.  In addition, young
people will be referred onto Youth Employability programmes etc
that is delivered within Education but outwith YFCL. 
862 learners over 18 years of age have improved their
employability skills.  Examples of this include through Adult Literacy
and Numeracy Programmes, specific job support programmes for
18+ learners (to develop IT skills, CV writing skills etc.) and
gardening projects that enhance the skill set of learners.
Green
69

Page 70

Our Children and Young People Thrive 
Action Outcome Indicator Comments/Progress Status Baseline 2023 Target Latest Data
We will work to
ensure children
have the best start
in life and become
everything they can
be 
Percentage of schools
completing a
participatory budgeting
process 
This session 38 schools have allocated a larger % of their Pupil
Equity Funding (PEF) allocation to Participatory Budgeting (PB)
than in 2021-22. Only 18 schools have allocated less
percentage than in 21-22, and 6 of these schools are still
allocating more than the minimum 5%. Last year schools
received an additional 15% uplift to their PEF allocation from the
Scottish Government to support recovery post-covid. This
session PEF allocations are more in-line with pre-uplift levels,
and this along-with increasing staff costs have been contributory
factors for the schools who have allocated less than in 2021-22.   
Following revised PB training in August 2022, Participatory
Budgeting Stakeholder Groups for each school led another
successful PB process with the consultation now complete. 
Schools are now progressing with their spend, to ensure the
minimum 5% is spent in full by the end of March 2023 in line
with their identified outcomes and measures. 
Schools were asked to allocate a minimum of 5% of their 22-23
Pupil Equity Funding to be subject to PB this session. This
collectively equates to £447,458 of SLC’s £8,949,160 22-23
PEF allocation. 66% of schools have allocated the minimum 5%,
whilst 34% have allocated more than this. 
The voting allocation across SLC schools comprised of: 40,106
pupils, and 10,214 parents.  
Green N/A 100% 100% 
70

Page 71

Action Outcome Indicator Comments/Progress Status Baseline 2023 Target Latest Data
We will work to
ensure children
have the best
start in life and
become
everything they
can be 
Percentage of young
carers feel involved in
identifying their
outcomes and receive 
appropriate support 
Action for Children has been able to achieve over the allotted 75%
in both involving young carers in identifying their outcomes and
reporting yes to having received
appropriate support.  The % currently sits at 100%. This is an
outstanding achievement, and all credit goes to the staff and the
young people involved and their families. 
Here are some comments that young carers and their families have
made over the last year. 
A young carer who receives support said that when with the staff
member they feel like they had a big sister which is what they
always wanted. 
“I really enjoyed today, was a bit worried I didn’t know anyone at
first, but it was fun, and I’d come to something like this again if you
did it”- an experience from Wiston lodge during an older group trip. 
N/A 75% 100%
We will work to
ensure that the
health and
wellbeing of
children, young
people and
families is
improved
Percentage of
registered users said
Kooth was effective in
supporting them with
their emotional
wellbeing needs 
860 children/young people have registered on Kooth (online
counselling and emotional wellbeing platform for children and young
people).  Of the registered users who completed the Kooth survey,
91% found the content helpful, 95% respondents would recommend
to someone else, 100% found the on-line counselling helpful.
Green N/A 80% 100%
We will work to
ensure that the
life chances of
children and
young people in
need of care and
protection are
improved
Percentage of young
people in receipt of
continuing and after
care will benefit from
suitable
accommodation
options and
appropriate support 
The development of a Housing Pathways Approach was continued
for Throughcare Young People applying through the Throughcare
System.  A target of 95% was set for active throughcare homefinder
applications with a person-centred housing pathway in place.  98%
was achieved over 2022-23 and we continue to aim for 100% so all
care experience young people have their say in seeking a suitable
home.
Green 98% 95% 98%  
71

Page 72

Action Outcome Indicator Comments/Progress Status Baseline 2023 Target Latest Data
We will work to
ensure that the
life chances of
children and
young people in
need of care and
protection are
improved
Percentage of kinship
carers who are
surveyed at their
kinship assessment
will score a level of
satisfaction of 4 or
more with the support
they received 
Information is not available to report on this outcome indicator,
however data will be gathered as part of planned improvement work. 
To be
reported
later
TBC TBC There is
no data
for this
specific
measure 
available 
72

Page 73

Our Children and Young People Thrive 
Action Outcome Indicator Comments/Progress Status
We will work to ensure
that the health and
wellbeing of children,
young people and
families is improved
Percentage of children and young people
completing weight management interventions
will report an increased awareness in the
importance of making healthy choices
Recent Scottish statistics highlight that 29.5% of children in
Primary 1 were at risk of being overweight or obese (Public
Health Scotland, 2021). This is an increase of 6.8% year on year. 
Children within the most deprived areas continue to experience
higher levels of overweight and obesity with 35.7% at risk of
overweight or obesity, compared to 20.8%, in the least deprived
areas. 
NHS Lanarkshire and associated partners continue to plan,
develop and implement clinical and community-based weight
management interventions to support overall Health and Well
Being of children, young people and families across Lanarkshire. 
By March 2023, 75% of children and young people completing
weight management interventions will report an increased
awareness in the importance of making healthy choices. 
By March 2023, 80% of children 4-5 years old achieve a healthy
weight.
Green 
73

Page 74

Thriving businesses and fair jobs 
Action Outcome Indicator Comments/Progress Status Baseline 2023 Target Latest Data
We will make it easy
for businesses and
social enterprises to
get all available help
and advice from one
place
Total number of
businesses/social
enterprises supported
o New start ups 
In 2022, South Lanarkshire Council
introduced a ‘small grant fund’ to provide
funding to people with a robust, viable
business idea who need funding to start
trading.  This was run by North and South
Lanarkshire Councils, with investment of
£350,000 from each council and was
delivered in partnership with Business
Gateway Lanarkshire to address a lower
business start-up rate in South Lanarkshire
compared to the Scottish average.  Services
to support new businesses include advice
from a local business adviser, access to
training workshops and webinars, market
research and online resources to help
businesses successfully commence trading. 
New start-ups – 713. 
This Lanarkshire wide activity is part funded
by EU Funds (European Regional
Development Fund), led by North
Lanarkshire Council and runs from January
to December.  The programme completion
and data gathering is not complete for 2022-
23, therefore the baseline; target and latest
data will not be available until Quarter 2,
2023-24.
Green N/A N/A 713
Total number of
businesses/social
enterprises supported
o Existing 
organisations
The current contract with Elevator for the
delivery of the Business Gateway Service in
Lanarkshire has been extended for a further
period to 29 February 2024. 
The support provided includes dedicated
(but not limited to) local business advisor to
assist businesses and plan for growth,
access expert help on a range of relevant 
Green TBC TBC 1,430
74

Page 75

Action Outcome Indicator Comments/Progress Status Baseline 2023 Target Latest Data  
topics including Finance, HR, Digital
Development and Marketing.   
Existing organisations – 1,430. 
This Lanarkshire wide activity is part funded
by EU Funds (European Regional
Development Fund), led by North
Lanarkshire Council and runs from January
to December.  The programme completion
and data gathering is not complete for 2022-
23, therefore the baseline; target and latest
data will not be available until Quarter 2,
2023-24.    
We will make it easy
for businesses and
social enterprises to
get all available help
and advice from one
place
Grants awarded to
businesses/ social
enterprises
o Number and 
value of grants 
Due to demand and success of this funding,
South Lanarkshire Council (SLC) have
included a ‘micro grant’ offer under the new
UK Shared Prosperity Fund with available
grants up to £3K match. 
SLC’s Business Recovery and Growth Fund
(BRGF) provides larger grants targeted at
existing Small and Medium sized
Enterprises (SMEs) to support their
strategic, longer-term sustainability and
growth.  This grant fund’s specific activities
to help businesses adapt and grow through
Capital Expenditure, Infrastructure
Improvements, Training Support,
Consultancy Support and Exhibition
Support. 
Number and value of grants - 157 -
£1,340,098.61. 
This Lanarkshire wide activity is part funded
by EU Funds (European Regional
Development Fund), led by North
Lanarkshire Council and runs from January
to December.  The programme completion 
Green TBC TBC 157 grants issued 
Value
£1,340,098.61
75

Page 76

Action Outcome Indicator Comments/Progress Status Baseline 2023 Target Latest Data  
and data gathering is not complete for 2022-
23, therefore the baseline; target and latest
data will not be available until Quarter 2,
2023-24.    
We will make it easy for
businesses and social
enterprises to get all
available help and
advice from one place
Grants awarded to
businesses/social
enterprises
o Funding 
leveraged 
There has been significant demand for the
Business Recovery and Growth Fund
(BRGF) support from South Lanarkshire’s
business community.  In Quarter 4, BRGF
has resulted in leverage of £1,495,726.53
during this period. 
Funding leveraged - £3,141,967.53. 
This Lanarkshire wide activity is part funded
by EU Funds (European Regional
Development Fund), led by North Lanarkshire
Council and runs from January to December. 
The programme completion and data
gathering is not complete for 2022-23,
therefore the baseline; target and latest data
will not be available until Quarter 2, 2023-24.
Green TBC TBC £3,141,967.53
Total number of jobs
o Jobs safeguarded       
As a result of investment via the Business
Recovery and Growth Fund (BRGF), South
Lanarkshire Council has seen 48 grant
awards to 29 unique South Lanarkshire
businesses, which will result in 299 jobs
created and 957 jobs safeguarded.
Businesses are also forecasting an increase
in their turnover of over £13m after 12
months through BRGF support. 
Jobs safeguarded – 1,273. 
This Lanarkshire wide activity is part funded
by EU Funds (European Regional
Development Fund), led by North Lanarkshire
Council and runs from January to December. 
The programme completion and data
gathering is not complete for 2022-23,
therefore the baseline; target and latest data 
Green TBC TBC 1,273
76

Page 77

Action Outcome Indicator Comments/Progress Status Baseline 2023 Target Latest Data  
will not be available until Quarter 2, 2023-24.    
We will make it easy for
businesses and social
enterprises to get all
available help and
advice from one place
Total number of jobs
o Jobs created 
As a result of investment via the Business
Recovery and Growth Fund (BRGF), South
Lanarkshire Council has seen 470 jobs
created. 
This Lanarkshire wide activity is part funded
by EU Funds (European Regional
Development Fund), led by North Lanarkshire
Council and runs from January to December. 
The programme completion and data
gathering is not complete for 2022-23,
therefore the baseline; target and latest data
will not be available until Quarter 2, 2023-24.
Green TBC TBC 470
Total number of jobs
o Increase in 
Turnover 
As a result of investment via the Business
Recovery and Growth Fund (BRGF), South
Lanarkshire Council has seen an increase in
turnover of  £21,836,790. 
This Lanarkshire wide activity is part funded
by EU Funds (European Regional
Development Fund), led by North Lanarkshire
Council and runs from January to December. 
The programme completion and data
gathering is not complete for 2022-23,
therefore the baseline; target and latest data
will not be available until Quarter 2, 2023-24.
Green TBC TBC £21,836,790  
77

Page 78

Thriving businesses and fair jobs
r Children and Young People Thrive
Action Outcome Indicator Comments/Progress Status
We will work to ensure
everyone has the same
opportunities to learn new
skills
Deliver responsive employment support and
measure the number of successful employment
outcomes 
As at March 2023, there have been 1,687 engagements
within Employability Services, of which 238 entered
employment. 
Recruitment fairs were also held during 2022-2023, which
resulted in 29 job outcomes with recruitment still ongoing. 
The Making It Work and GATEWAY Employment programs
resulted in 273 job outcomes.
Green 
Promote opportunities and careers and measure
successful training outcomes 
During the year 2022-23, Employability Services helped 536
clients undertake vocational training, including the Making It
Work and GATEWAY Employment programs.  Upon
completion, a number of clients secured a range of outcomes
including jobs, promotion and salary increase.
Green 
We will ensure that the
place where you live is at
the heart of our response
to the climate emergency
and help places to
become sustainable
Monitor and deliver town centre measures and
initiatives in line with town strategies, Community
Wealth Building and 20 Minute Neighbourhood
approaches.
• Town Centre Vacancy Rates – maintain at or
below national averages
• Businesses supported (including Social
Enterprise) – support across towns and
places 
South Lanarkshire Council are working with the key
stakeholders across all our town centres to support
businesses and invest in projects and initiatives which
support the evolving way in which our towns are used by
local communities. 
In relation to vacancy rates, all our towns, with the exception
of East Kilbride, are maintaining levels at or slightly below the
national average of around 14%.  The council are seeing a
move to more service-based businesses and more local
traders which is an encouraging trend and where possible
are supported through business support.  The number of
businesses supported will be available at a later date. 
East Kilbride has vacancy levels (c30%) well beyond the
national levels and our own targets of circa 12% but is
subject to a masterplan process to seek to address these
challenges and bring it back to a more sustainable position.
Green 
78

Page 79

Caring, connected communities        
Action Outcome Indicator Comments/Progress Status Baseline 2023 Target Latest Data
We will continue to
support and
encourage every
community to identify
and act on their local
priorities
Increase engagement of those
within neighbourhood planning
areas in place based
participatory budgeting
programme 
Place based participatory budgeting has
been completed in Hillhouse, Udston and
Burnbank (HUB), Burnhill, Springhall and
Whitlawburn and Cambuslang East. 
Participation rates have increased since
2021-22 and the review of the local plans
has begun in Fernhill, Whitehill, Fairhill and
Blantyre. 
Green 3,571
participants
2021-22
10%
Increase
3,751
participants
Increase the number of local
community plans through
promotion of opportunities for
communities to create their own
plans and identify priorities 
Local plans have been completed for all 9
of the urban neighbourhood planning
areas and published in 2022-23.  Many of
the areas are now refreshing their plans
and this will continue throughout 2023. 
The council’s Community Engagement
Team has also worked with a range of
communities in Clydesdale and East
Kilbride to look at local community led
plans in Lanark, Carluke, Greenhills,
Biggar, Lesmahagow, Duneaton, Carstairs
Junction, Carnwath, Coalburn and Forth. 
New plans are being developed in
Dolphinton, Crawford, and Meikle Earnock,
Hamilton.
Green 17 20%
Increase
21 
79

Page 80

Caring, connected communities
Children and Young People Thrive
Action Outcome Indicator Comments/Progress Status
We will bring communities
together to share priorities
and work jointly on them
Development of a further two community partnerships
in Hamilton and East Kilbride areas 
A second meeting of the East Kilbride Community
Partnership was held mid-January 2023 with further
development work required to increase the current
membership.  During February/March, officers from the
council’s Community Engagement Team attended
meetings of local groups to encourage participation. 
Development work has restarted to establish a Community
Partnership for Hamilton and the surrounding areas, and
meetings are taking place with local groups to discuss the
benefits of joining the partnership.  
Green
Hold a networking event for representatives of
community led plans to come together and discuss
progress and next steps across South Lanarkshire 
Due to changes within the Community Engagement Team,
SLC this networking event will now take place in Winter
2023.
Amber
Representation of all 4 community partnerships at
Board level 
Representatives of the Cambuslang/Rutherglen and
Clydesdale Community Partnerships are now members of
the CPP Board and provide quarterly reports to the Board. 
Officers within the council’s Community Engagement
Team, are progressing work to establish and maintain the
Hamilton and East Kilbride Community Partnerships to
enable representation of these groups to the CPP Board.
Amber
We will involve local
representatives in
community planning at all
levels, including on the
Community Planning
Partnership Board
Neighbourhood planning stakeholder groups to be
supported to develop local leaders through capacity
building and training support 
Two Activate Community Learning Courses around
community involvement were developed in 2022-23 run by
Glasgow University with accreditation for participants and
a route into further education.   
18 participants finished the first course and there are 12
scheduled to finish the second course.  Representatives
from Cambuslang and Rutherglen and Clydesdale
Community Partnerships have attended and participated in
two CPP Board meetings. 
Green  
80

Page 81

People live the healthiest lives possible 
Children and Young People Thrive
Action Outcome Indicator                    Comments/Progress                                 Status
We will ensure that all of
our services work with
people as early as
possible to stop problems
happening
Implement Discharge Without Delay to return people
to their home or community safely 
Discharge Without Delay has been implemented
Lanarkshire wide.  There is a particular focus on
implementing Planned Date of Discharge (PDD) which
means early referral to Social Work to allow for people to
have an early plan in relation to discharge, this in turn
ensures a more focused application of care and care
placements.   
PDD should be set within 48hrs of admission to acute or
community hospitals.  Setting the PDD is a multi-agency
responsibility (health, social work and others).  This also
means people are less likely to be delayed in their
discharge.  Currently patients are discharged 91% on or
before their PDD.  In addition, the Home First model is
being rolled out to all localities on a locality-by-locality
basis.  Capacity of Integrated Care and Support Teams
have been boosted.
Green
We will increase access,
activities and supports that
help improve mental
health and addictions
Further develop mental health services to support
more people to recover or manage their condition
successfully and live as happy, healthy and productive
lives as possible.
The Primary Care Mental Health & Wellbeing Service is
accessible to 88 GP Practices across Lanarkshire.  In
2022, Assessment Plus was established within the
Mental Health and Wellbeing Service and as of May
2023 is now available in three localities (East Kilbride,
Clydesdale and Hamilton).   
Assessment Plus aims to increase accessibility to
evidence-based psychological therapies within Primary
Care.  The service is designed to meet the needs of
adults who have mild to moderate, psychological
problems and could benefit from specialist psychological
assessment and brief, low-intensity intervention.  The
Third Sector service was commissioned to deliver non-
clinical interventions within localities. The test of change
ongoing for ability for Care Navigators within GP
surgeries to directly refer to primary care mental health
staff. 
Green  
81

Page 82

Action Outcome Indicator                    Comments/Progress                                 Status
We will increase access,
activities and supports that
help improve mental
health and addictions
Work with South Lanarkshire Alcohol and Drug
Partnership to reduce the impact of addictions within
our communities through early intervention/prevention
and a focus on recovery 
The South Lanarkshire Alcohol and Drug Partnership (SL
ADP) continues to work with strategic objective and five
priority areas, two of which are early intervention and
prevention and a recovery oriented system of care
(ROSC). 
Turning Point Scotland was commissioned through the
ADP to deliver an adult outreach service in January 2022
for a period of three years.  This service works in
alignment with statutory treatment services, offering a
case management approach and close one-to-one. 
The first responder and recovery ‘Beacons’,
commissioned through the Third Sector Organisation
‘Liber8’, has just opened its fourth Beacon in East
Kilbride.  The ‘Beacons’, established as a prototype
model, continues to augment statutory services and now
provides all four localities in South Lanarkshire with a
first responder and recovery beacon which operates
through employing a whole family approach.  At a recent
national conference, South Lanarkshire was singled out
for its innovative approaches in both the Beacons model
and in promoting a family centered service delivery.
Green  
82

Page 83

Action Outcome Indicator                    Comments/Progress                                 Status
We will provide high
quality day-to-day health
and social care services
that are accessible to
everyone in our
community who needs
them
Deliver all services in line with statutory requirements
to ensure people are safe and healthy and
encouraged to meet their personal outcomes 
The priority is to ensure effective delivery of critical
services, complying with statutory legislation to protect
vulnerable children, young people and adults in our
communities.  Services remain committed to assessing
those most at risk with the focus on public protection. 
The outcome of a Joint Inspection of Adult Support and
Protection carried out in August/September 2022
confirmed that our local partnership had strengths in key
processes and strategic leadership.
Green
Support carers to maintain their caring role through a
personal outcome approach 
Partnership working is thriving and enhancing support to
carers through the dedicated work of our commissioned
provider Lanarkshire Carers.  Adult Carer Support Plans
(ACSP) specifically focus on the personal outcomes of 
Health and wellbeing; finances; living environment;
relationships; life balance; employment and training; and
future planning. 
In 2022-23, Lanarkshire Carers progressed 912 ACSPs
and made 883 wellbeing calls to carers.  They allocated
over £51,000 in direct grants to carers in support of
identified personal outcomes.  They have recently been
awarded Carer Positive Status (Employer in Scotland) at
the Exemplar level.
Green 
83

Page 84

Good quality, suitable housing for everyone 
Action Outcome Indicator Comments/Progress Status Baseline 2023 Target Latest Data
We will increase affordable
housing supply and improve
access to and choice of
housing options that suit
people’s needs
Increase the number of additional new
affordable homes added to the housing
supply in South Lanarkshire 
In 2022-23, the council’s Affordable
Housing Supply Programme
continued to deliver homes across
South Lanarkshire, including 233
new council properties and 57
purchased by the council.
Green 0 By 250-
300 per
year
233
Increase the number of people
accessing Housing Options Services 
There has been a significant focus
on the development of homelessness
prevention services in recent years
and in particular on developing the
Housing Options Service as the first
response to emerging housing need
and risks. 
The slight reduction in the number of
housing option interviews in the year
can be attributed to emerging
changes within the private rented
sector and the cost-of-living crisis
which have adversely impacted on
prevention opportunities.
Amber 964 Over
1,000 per
year
972  
84

Page 85

Action Outcome Indicator Comments/Progress Status Baseline 2023 Target Latest Data
We will work in partnership
to improve housing quality
and energy efficiency, whilst
supporting a just transition
to decarbonisation
Increase the average Standard
Assessment Procedure (SAP) score of
all homes with an Energy Performance
Certificate in South Lanarkshire 
South Lanarkshire Council continues
to promote and support energy
efficiency improvements to homes
across South Lanarkshire. 
For those who own their home, the
council facilitates and administers
national grant funding to enable
owners to make improvements,
including the Energy Efficient
Scotland: Area Based Schemes and
the Energy Company Obligation
(ECO).  The fourth phase of ECO will
be launched in South Lanarkshire
later in 2023, with the previous phase  
resulting in over 2,600 homes being
improved.   
For the private rented sector,
landlords are encouraged and
supported to access national funding
to make improvements through the
twice annual Landlord Forum hosted
by the council and where information
is circulated from partner services.   
For the council’s own homes,
significant investment continues to
take place to improve energy
efficiency and work towards national
net-zero targets.  This sustained
investment has led to an average
SAP score of 71 for council
properties, contributing to a reduction
in the energy required to be used by
tenants.   
For all tenures, the average SAP
score is 66. 
Green 65.1 Increase
from
baseline
66
85

Page 86

Action Outcome Indicator Comments/Progress Status Baseline 2023 Target Latest Data
We will work in partnership
to improve housing quality
and energy efficiency, whilst
supporting a just transition
to decarbonisation
Increase the percentage of socially
rented properties achieving the Energy
Efficiency Standard for Social Housing
2 (EESSH2) 
In September 2022, the Scottish
Government suspended the use of
EESSH2 as a measure of progress. 
Currently awaiting the outcome of the
national review which will establish
new national energy efficiency/
decarbonisation measures.
To be
reported
later
Not
available
Not
available
Not
available
We will work in partnership
to prevent and significantly
reduce homelessness, and
improve outcomes for those
at risk of or who experience
homelessness 
Reduce the level of Homeless
Households (homelessness caseload at
year end) 
In the previous year the Rapid
Rehousing Transition Plan (RRTP)
review noted significant success
against a wide range of
homelessness outcome measures.
Within the current year however,
there has been a considerable
increase in demand for
homelessness services locally and
nationally. 
The RRTP target of reducing
homelessness caseload by 10% -
20% has not been achieved in the
year due to the significant increase
which took place in demand for
homelessness services. 
The forthcoming RRTP review will
consider the need for a revised target
to be set. 
Services continue to support
households with the overall aim of
avoiding homelessness where it is
possible to do so.
Red 892 Reduce
from
baseline
by 10%-
20%
1,331  
86

Page 87

Action Outcome Indicator Comments/Progress Status Baseline 2023 Target Latest Data
We will work in partnership
to prevent and significantly
reduce homelessness, and
improve outcomes for those
at risk of or who experience
homelessness 
Increase the percentage of former
homeless households provided with a
social rented tenancy that maintain their
home for more than 12 months 
A range of internal and Third Sector
partners continue to deliver housing
support services, both in prevention
activity and response to
homelessness to minimise its impact. 
Monitoring of housing support
outcomes reflect positive outcomes,
reduced need across all wellbeing/
support need indicators and
increasing tenancy sustainment.
Green 88% Increase
from
baseline
90.5% 
87

Page 88

88

Page 89

-1- 
South Lanarkshire
Community Planning Partnership 
Working together to improve the quality of life for all in South Lanarkshire 
Community Plan 
for South Lanarkshire 
2022-2032 
Annual Outcome Improvement Report
7
89

Page 90

-2- 
Contents 
Chapter Page
Number
Introduction to Community Planning in South Lanarkshire (Section 1) 
• Preface 
• What are we? 
• Who are we? 
• What are we trying to achieve? 
• How do I get involved? 
3
Our Ambitions (Section 2)
• Our New Community Plan 
4
Community Plan (Section 3)
• Performance Highlights 
• Overall Performance at a glance 
7
8
Places for Wellbeing: (Section 4)
How we are making a difference
• Thriving Businesses and Fair Jobs - Town Centres 
• Caring, connected communities - Community Partnerships 
• People live the healthiest lives possible - South Lanarkshire Alcohol and Drug Partnership
• Putting learning at the centre – Community Learning and Development
• Our children and young people thrive – Participatory Budgeting in South Lanarkshire Schools
• Good quality, sustainable housing for everyone – Fuel Poverty
9-20
Working with Communities: (Section 5)
How you can get involved  
• Community Participation and Engagement 
• Neighbourhood Planning 
• Sustainable Development and Climate Change 
• Community Led Planning 
• Local Place Plans 
• Participatory Budgeting 
• Volunteering (VASLan) 
• Community Asset Transfer 
• Participation Requests 
21-35
Appendices
• Links to the National Performance Framework and UN Sustainable Development Goals
• Community Planning Partnership Structure 
36
37 
90

Page 91

-3- 
Section 1 - Introduction to Community Planning in South Lanarkshire 
Preface
This document is for you, and everyone else who lives or works in South Lanarkshire. It shows the progress of the South Lanarkshire Community Planning
Partnership during 2022-23 and gives example of the work that we are doing to make a difference; and how this has impacted on local people and
communities. 
What are we?
All our Community Planning Partners are working together to make South Lanarkshire a better place to live and work. We work with each other and with
communities to provide the best possible services that local people want and need. Further information can be found on the Community Planning
Partnership website www.southlanarkshirecommunityplanning.org. 
Who are we?
Our partnership includes a wide range of national and local organisations. Some of these organisations you will know well.  Our community partners lead
on local planning and area-based Community Partnerships.  A full list can be found on our website.  
What are we trying to achieve?
Our Community Planning Partners are working together to make South Lanarkshire a better place to live, learn, play and work. Our aim is to work with
communities to deliver better services targeted at reducing poverty and tackling inequalities and deprivation across South Lanarkshire.
Further information can be found on the Community Planning Partnership website www.southlanarkshirecommunityplanning.org. 
How do I get involved?
There are many ways to get involved in your local community and influence the work of the partnership, for example, through volunteering, joining a local
action group, helping to find out what matters in your area or getting involved in how decisions are made.  More information can be found on the
Community Planning website www.southlanarkshirecommunityplanning.org. 
91

Page 92

-4- 
Section 2 – Our Ambitions: Our New Community Plan 
In June 2022, the partnership’s new Community Plan was ready to share with our communities.  We started gathering the information for this plan during
2021.  Over 3,300 people answered our survey about what mattered to them; we held conversations with 27 different groups to explore this a bit more.  As
part of this, we took information from lots of different sources including looking at what matters to people about where they live.  At the time of writing the
plan, 17 communities had their own local action plan and were taking action to improve the lives of everyone living in their community, and more are being
created.     
Our Shared Vision, Principles and Priorities
Our vision is that we improve the lives and prospects of everyone in South Lanarkshire. 
We will do this by making sure our communities are at the heart of community planning in South Lanarkshire.
Our shared principles set out how we plan to work better, together:-
Added Value and Continuous Improvement: We will work together to achieve more and become better at doing so.
Clarity of Purpose: We will attempt to avoid duplication of effort, developing agreed priorities to maximise our impact and focussing on the actions that will
make the most difference;
Communication and Empowerment: We will talk to and listen to each other in a meaningful way, helping individuals, families and communities to take
positive action to improve their wellbeing;
Embracing Change: We work in a rapidly changing world.  We are committed to making the most of this, shaping the direction of these changes to benefit
local people and communities, taking innovative approaches and always questioning how and why we are doing things;
Focused Delivery: We will not lose sight of the fact that we need to make a positive difference.  We will work creatively and build on what we are already
doing, focusing our services and actions to meet future needs; and
Openness and Trust: We will do more together, from planning to delivery, ensuring openness and transparency in how we work; trusting each other to
fulfil our roles; and working in harmony.
Our Ambitions
Our plan sets out how we will continue to support the people living in our communities to participate in Community Planning and puts the places where our
communities live at the centre of change.  We will continue to focus on improving how we work better together to deliver local needs and priorities. 
This work will happen across three key ambitions: People; Progress; and Planet. 
92

Page 93

-5- 
People – Together, we will take a people first approach to improving everyone’s wellbeing.  People told us that empowerment comes from the community
and it’s not something that is given to them.  We understand that long-lasting change will only be achieved if we all work together, putting our communities
at the heart of community planning.  We will continue to have community conversations that matter.  We will work with communities to ensure that their
voices are heard and support them to act on the things that are important to them through a “Can Do” approach.  
Progress – Together, we will build on what we have learned to improve how we do things and the wellbeing of everyone.  Delivering the right things that
matter to people, in the right place and at the right time.  We have been inspired by the phenomenal community response to the global pandemic and have
seen how our communities “Can Do” do more with the right information and support from us.  Our focus will be to continue to grow and develop the
relationships and the excellent partnership working that has supported our communities to maintain and improve their wellbeing throughout the pandemic.
Planet - Together, we will act in ways that protect our natural world for a healthier future.  We will work together to develop local solutions to protect nature
and to take action on climate change and support our young people to lead the way.
The ambitions set out where we want to see change happening across the themes of Progress, People and Planet.  From your feedback, we know that
there are six other priorities are important to you.  We are already working to improve services in these areas and have plans that show how this is being
done.  Our Places for Wellbeing model shows how the plan connects though place, ambitions and priorities.   
93

Page 94

-6- 
You can read the full Community Plan on the Community Planning website www.southlanarkshirecommunityplanning.org.
Delivering the ambitions in this plan will need our local communities, partnership and other stakeholders to work together.  The next stage of our work
during 2023-24 is to write a plan that shows what we want to do ‘together’ to deliver on these ambitions.  If you would like to get involved in this, please get
in touch.  Give us a call on 0303 123 1017 or email us at contact@southlanarkshirecommunityplanning.org.  We look forward to working with you.  
94

Page 95

-7- 
Section 3 - Community Plan Performance Highlights 
There is a significant amount of work being undertaken in our communities and by our partners across South Lanarkshire to make places fairer, better and
greener.  This report highlights some of the work that has been done.     
The following are examples of key areas of work.  
• Thriving Businesses and Fair Jobs: 536 clients undertook vocational training, including the Making It Work and GATEWAY Employment programs.
• Caring, connected communities: 18 participants finished the first course of the Activate Community Learning Course around community involvement
run by Glasgow University; and 12 participants are scheduled to finish the second course.
• People live the healthiest lives possible: 88 Lanarkshire GP surgeries were provided sessional input by the Primary Care Mental Health and
Wellbeing Service and Assessment Plus was rolled out in three localities, East Kilbride, Clydesdale and Hamilton.  This delivers earlier access to
Psychological Services.
• Putting learning at the centre: South Lanarkshire’s school leaver positive destination rate is 96.2% (0.5% above the Scottish average of 95.7%).
• Our children and young people thrive: Action for Children has achieved 100% in both involving young carers in identifying their outcomes and
reporting yes to having received appropriate support.
• Good quality, sustainable housing for everyone: The percentage of former homeless households, provided with a social rented tenancy that maintain
their home for more than 12 months, has increased from 88% to 90.5%. 
95

Page 96

-8- 
Community Plan Overall Performance at a glance 
The following provides a summary of our performance against our priority measures.  These are:- 
• Putting learning at the centre
• Our children and young people thrive
• Thriving businesses and fair jobs
• Caring, connected communities
• People live the healthiest lives possible
• Good quality, sustainable housing for everyone 
The full CPP performance report can be accessed using the following link: https://tinyurl.com/4z5xcd3y
Status of priority measures 
28 Improved or Maintained                   4 Slippage or Deteriorated 
Status Definition
Blue The action to achieve change has been completed
Green On course to achieve the target or complete the action as planned/the timescale or target has been met as per expectations
Amber There has been minor slippage against timescale or minor shortfall against target
Red There has been major slippage against timescale or major shortfall against target
To be reported later For some measures, the statistics are not yet available to allow us to say whether the target has been reached or
not.  These will be reported when available
Most improved measures  Least improved measures
Increase positive destination rate for young people progressing from
the post-school AspireWorks programme
Percentage of kinship carers who are surveyed at their kinship assessment
will score a level of satisfaction of 4 or more with the support they received
Percentage of young carers feel involved in identifying their
outcomes and receive appropriate support
Hold a networking event for representatives of community led plans to come
together and discuss progress and next steps across South Lanarkshire
Deliver responsive employment support and measure the number of
successful employment outcomes
Increase the number of people accessing Housing Options Services
Increase engagement of those within neighbourhood planning areas
in place based participatory budgeting programme
Reduce the level of Homeless Households (homelessness caseload at year
end)
2 3 1 2 0
96

Page 97

-9- 
Section 4 – Places for Wellbeing: How we are making a difference 
Thriving Businesses and Fair Jobs - Town Centres 
Why is this important?
The nature of town centres across the UK is in a transitional stage.  The range of issues involved in the challenges town centres are facing are broad and
complex.  Factors such as the economic downturn, internet shopping, the growth of out-of-town shopping, changes in retailers’ business models and
customer expectations have resulted in less people using them.   
Supporting town centres remains a council priority and officers continue to work in partnership with groups and organisations in each town to achieve our
common goals. 
The contribution town centres make to our communities cannot be overstated.  They support and contribute to people’s lives across our communities, for
example to access essential services, visiting for shopping or enjoying leisure time.  Around 70% of businesses and jobs in the economy are located in
town centres and they are often the main location for leisure and hospitality.  They are vital for social gatherings too like meetings, events and concerts.     
How are we doing?
Town Centre strategies and action plans have been prepared and approved for Hamilton, Cambuslang, Larkhall and Blantyre with work now underway in
Rutherglen.  Similar plans are being progressed by the communities in Lanark and Carluke along with work being undertaken by the owners of East
Kilbride.   
These strategies and action plans are closely aligned with the Scottish Government’s approach to town centres captured in the New Future for Scotland’s
Town Centres report and action plan. 
Council Officers are working with all key stakeholders across our towns and have commissioned two key pieces of work to set the direction of the council’s
work around town centres going forward.  These will inform and align with existing and new funding opportunities for town centres. 
• Town Centre Visioning – this will set out how the council delivers on its strategic aims and objectives at a local level.  As noted above, while all towns
have similar challenges, the solutions are not always the same.  This work will set out how the council, communities and partners should deliver
meaningful and sustainable change within our town centres through a series of projects and action plans. 
• Transition to Net Zero – town centres are major contributors to pollution and although a number of early wins have been achieved, the ways to deliver
long term meaningful and sustainable reductions are complex and not always appealing to businesses or customers.  This work will set out a practical
approach to working towards net zero across our towns. 
Partners are working with colleagues in the Improvement Service on a pilot project in Rutherglen called Shaping Places for Wellbeing.  The project takes a
multi-agency approach to placemaking.  Work is still in the early stages; however, it is hoped that we can use this process when working with partners and
communities across South Lanarkshire.  A number of Shaping Places for Wellbeing Assessments have been undertaken including one of our
Neighbourhood Planning communities.  The learning from these will be used to deliver improvement actions and shape key plans, including the Rutherglen
Town Centre Plan.  
97

Page 98

-10- 
Priority Next Steps
There are a number of key areas of work underway in support of our town centres which will inform the investment strategies and priorities going forward for
the next 5 to 10 years. This work will also support and inform bids for funding. 
• East Kilbride Town Centre Masterplan
• Hamilton Town Centre Masterplan
• Place Based Investment Programme (PBIP) 
East Kilbride United – Kirktonholme Pavillion 
East Kilbride United Football Club have embarked on a 3-phase plan to develop their Kirktonholme site, creating a more disabled friendly pavilion and
sports areas to support local groups and widen their use. 
Phase 1 - was a feasibility study for £10k funded by PBIP used to engage with local groups and organisations to gauge their interest in the project. 
This has been completed and support for the work is overwhelming. 
Phase 2 - is a refurbishment of the entrances, changing facilities and exits to the sports field funded by PBIP totalling 180k.  This is currently under
construction and going to plan.   
Phase 3 - is the resurfacing of the parks with artificial turf to allow greater use by all including disabled users.  This has been supported by the Scottish
Football Association, Sport Scotland, council’s Community Benefit Fund and PBIP providing £300k with a project value of £875k. 
The combination of these works will open up the facility to a number of additional organisations who otherwise are not able to take part in social sports
activities.  The new playing surface will provide a safer environment to use in all conditions, increasing the frequency of use. 
PBIP value £490K project value £1,065k. 
Further information 
Town Centre and Place Based Investment Programme - Update
Shaping Places for Wellbeing Programme | Improvement Service 
98

Page 99

-11- 
Caring, connected communities - Community Partnerships   
Why is this important?
The Community Planning Partnership (CPP) is committed to ensuring that communities are fully engaged and can participate in the process of community
planning. 
To achieve this, and to strengthen local democracy and community led decision making, locality-based Community Partnerships have been created.  Three
have already been formed in the Cambuslang/Rutherglen, Clydesdale and East Kilbride localities and a partnership for Hamilton and its surrounding areas
is being developed.  Community Partnerships act as an intermediary between the Neighbourhood Planning Stakeholder Groups, Community organisations
and the CPP Board. 
There are three key commitments highlighted within the Community Plan which are supported and delivered by the council’s Community Engagement
Team in partnership with Community Planning Partners, and other key stakeholders.  These are:- 
• We will continue to support and encourage every community to identify and act on their local priorities;
• We will bring communities together to share priorities and work jointly on them; and
• We will involve local representatives in community planning at all levels, including on the CPP Board. 
How are we doing?
Community Partnerships are led by communities with support from the council’s Community Engagement Team.  They have set their own terms of
reference; agendas for each meeting; identify local priorities; invite partners along to present information/updates on areas of interest; and prepare and
present reports to the CPP Strategic Board.  For example, the current priority for the rural Community Partnership in Clydesdale is transport.  Since June
2022, representatives from each Community Partnership have taken up their place as a member of the CPP Strategic Board.  They attend meetings,
advocating on behalf of their local area and present quarterly update reports outlining current challenges and progress. 
Intensive engagement with Community Councils, area Stakeholder Groups including Development Trusts, and other partners, has taken place in each
area.  The membership of the Clydesdale Community Partnership continues to increase and has significant coverage of communities across its rural area;
and the Cambuslang/Rutherglen group are reviewing their membership.  All groups are focussing on increasing their membership, as well as ensuring that
they are fully representative of the communities within their locality. 
Discussions have taken place about how best to communicate the work of the partnership across the communities in their area.  All members receive a
monthly Register of Information which includes information shared by partners and national information of interest.  Consideration is being given to how the
Community Planning website can be used to share information about the work of the group and how people can get involved.     
Priority Next Steps
• To strengthen the membership of all established Community Partnerships
• To create a new Partnership for the Hamilton, Blantyre and Larkhall areas.   
“I think what’s really important is the contacts and making the connections, so knowing who to go and speak to.” Clydesdale Community Partnership
Member
99

Page 100

-12- 
Further information
South Lanarkshire Council Public Performance Reports:
https://www.southlanarkshire.gov.uk/info/200173/council_performance/1478/public_performance_reports/18 
What is Community Planning?: https://www.southlanarkshirecommunityplanning.org/info/1/what_is_community_planning 
100

Page 101

-13- 
People live the healthiest lives possible - South Lanarkshire Alcohol and Drug Partnership 
Why is this important?
South Lanarkshire Alcohol and Drug Partnership (SL ADP) is committed to reducing the harms caused by problematic alcohol and drug use.  Scotland
continues to see high numbers of drug related and alcohol related deaths reported.  In 2021, 1,330 deaths in Scotland resulted from drug misuse, indicating
a slight decrease of nine deaths from the previous year, however this still remains the second highest annual total ever recorded.  Within Scotland’s NHS
Board areas, Lanarkshire has the fourth highest rate per population of drug misuse deaths in Scotland and remains above the Scottish average.  The work
undertaken by the SL ADP assists in meeting national and local strategies with the aim of working together to improve the health and wellbeing of everyone
affected by alcohol and drugs in South Lanarkshire. 
How are we doing?
Over the past year, SL ADP have commissioned a range of services targeted at the whole population across South Lanarkshire.  Priority areas of focus
are: Early Intervention and Prevention; Developing Recovery Orientated Systems of Care (ROSC); Getting it right for children, young people and families
affected by substance use; Public health approach; and Alcohol framework.  The service operates using an outreach model to maximise engagement and
retention in care and support services.  There continues to be growth and development towards making recovery visible across South Lanarkshire through
the effective delivery of The Beacons, a set of four Recovery Hubs based in South Lanarkshire, and implementation of a young person’s recovery
community.   
SL ADP have worked with partners to implement the new national Medication Assisted Treatment (MAT) Standards, which aims to improve the experiences
of people in need of treatment services.  As a result, an urgent response team has been established to provide same day prescribing and access to
treatment, and a residential rehabilitation pathway has also been implemented for those most in need of this method of recovery. 
John* attended Blantyre Beacons for an initial appointment and assessment.  He displayed underlying trauma due to his early childhood, long-term
addiction and years spent in prisons and institutions.  He was also isolated, disconnected with his local community and looking for positive recovery
opportunities as previous attempts were unsuccessful. 
A range of supports were offered to John to provide routine and structure, and to enable him to invest in a positive support network through the men’s
group before engaging in the wider Beacons therapeutic programme. 
John said “I started attending the Beacons whilst on home leave from prison.  Initially I was only attending recovery meetings but after a while I realised
this place could really help me with all aspects of my recovery, from helping me stay drug free to Citizen’s Advice helping me get my benefits sorted.  I
also participated in trauma informed practice which helps to deal with past traumas that would have caused a relapse before I started attending the
Beacons.  I am now waiting to start an emotional regulation course that will help me deal with all the emotions that you get back in recovery.  After being
released from prison on parole I threw myself into my recovery.  I completed the volunteer training course, and I am now a full-time recovery volunteer
within the Beacons.” 
Name changed* 
101

Page 102

-14- 
Priority Next Steps
In the next year, SL ADP will publish a revised local strategy and will continue to work with partners, those with lived/living experience as well as family
members, to continue to reduce the harms and impact of problematic alcohol and substance use across the communities of South Lanarkshire.   
Further information
South Lanarkshire Alcohol and Drug Partnership 
102

Page 103

-15- 
Putting learning at the centre - Community Learning and Development 
Why is this important?
Community Learning and Development (CLD) supports individuals and groups to improve their skills and reach their full potential.  CLD in South
Lanarkshire is rooted in a commitment to the principles of social justice, empowerment, inclusion, and access to services and opportunities irrespective of
life circumstances.  The vision for CLD in South Lanarkshire is to: ‘Improve the quality of life for people in South Lanarkshire by offering vibrant learning and
development opportunities that lead to personal development and community empowerment’. 
How are we doing?
Learners have been helped to re-engage with education and learning or to improve their employability skills.  As a result of this, learners are reporting
improved confidence in their skills and abilities and are better able to support the learning of their children.  They are accessing award programmes and
achieving recognition for their learning towards improving their chances of gaining employment. 
The Platform School which is bespoke curricular programmes for referred pupils in second and third year of High School, was delivered in East Kilbride
Universal Connections by the Youth, Family and Community Learning Service.  There were five themed programmes of learning which included Art and
Media; Sports Leadership; Hospitality; Music and Sound Production; and Outdoor and Adventure.  It is vital when implementing a youth work approach that
the young people choose to participate and therefore through meaningful feedback the team focused on the delivery of programmes that would result in the
most meaningful engagement for the pupils involved.  These programmes ran over 26 weeks and involved 44 pupils.  This approach developed trusting
relationships and supported pupils to address many of the underlying and negative issues affecting their education and life, resulting in re-engagement with
education, increased attainment, volunteering and increased resilience to address the issues in their lives.   
Feedback from participants:
“I enjoyed going to the Hampden Sports Clinic because I learned a lot about health and recovery in sports”. 
“Meeting new people on the course has helped my confidence”.
“I learned to be more confident and how to work better with others”.  
“I really enjoyed meeting new people and doing the course with them”. 
The Blueprint programme was the first school learning programme set up in partnership with Carluke High School.  Working with the Head of the Social,
Emotional and Behavioural Needs (SEBN) department in the school we identified pupils who we felt really needed support and would be the perfect
candidates for the programme.  The group comprised of six individuals in their second year who were really struggling to cope with the school environment,
had low attendance rates, struggled with self-confidence and had next to no future aspirations.  The programme was designed to help them improve their
confidence, develop team work and leadership skills, maximise their attainment and help them re-engage with education. 
Feedback from the 4 secondary schools in East Kilbride and Strathaven has been remarkable on what the programme offers, the delivery and on the
positive impact it has had on participants.  Whilst partaking in the Sports Leaders Platform Group, the participants have been afforded the opportunity to
speak with an Active Schools Co-ordinator where they learned more about the service they delivery and additional learning/volunteering programmes they
can access.  Also, the participants in the programme have been given the opportunity to assist and lead on the delivery of the Primary 7 transition
programmes that will take place in Universal Connections, this is a huge development and step forward for all individuals. 
103

Page 104

-16- 
Priority Next Steps
• Further embed recognised youth work practice from the recent HMIe Inspection of Stonelaw High School to enhance the offer for learners.
• Enhance delivery of learning for adult learners through the MULTIPLY theme of the Shared Prosperity Fund. 
Further information 
Community Learning and Development Partnership - South Lanarkshire Council 
Participants of the Fire Reach Programme (Platform) 
104

Page 105

-17- 
Our children and young people thrive - Participatory Budgeting in South Lanarkshire Schools 
Why is this important?
South Lanarkshire are the only local authority in Scotland who have dedicated as much as 5% of Pupil Equity Funding (PEF) from every school.  The work
of our schools on Participatory Budgeting activity (PB) has been recognised nationally as good practice. 
How are we doing?
In 2021-2022, schools allocated £607,136.95 of their Pupil Equity Funding (PEF), approximately 6% of the £9.9m South Lanarkshire Council allocation for
PB.  Of those schools, 81% allocated 5% of the funding to PB activity, whilst 19% of schools allocated more than this, with two schools allocating as much
as 15% of their funding. 
During 2022-2023, schools allocated £568,643.65, 6% of the £8.9m funding allocation for PB activity.  66% of schools allocated the minimum 5%, whilst
34% allocated more than this.  As a result of the benefits of taking a PB approach to allocating funding in the first year, 38 schools allocated a larger
percentage of their funding allocation to PB than they did the previous year.   
In 2021-22, 27,972 young people and 9,689 parents/carers voted as part of the process.  This increased in 2022-23 with 40,106 pupils and 10,214 parents
voting as part of the process, demonstrating how much schools have built on the success from year one.  The following links show the spend and outcome
of the vote per school within South Lanarkshire: 
2021-2022:
• Clydesdale 
• East Kilbride
• Cambuslang and Rutherglen
• Hamilton 
2022-2023:
• Clydesdale 
• East Kilbride
• Cambuslang and Rutherglen
• Hamilton 
This video (https://tinyurl.com/PBSchoolsVideo) shows the impact of PB for children and young people across South Lanarkshire during 2021-22. 
Holy Cross High School
Holy Cross High School sourced help from a local company who provided materials and supported a group of young people to build outdoor seating
which was voted for.  These young people received an additional Scottish Credit and Qualifications Framework certified qualification due to their
involvement in this PB work. 
105

Page 106

-18- 
Carluke High School
Carluke High School had a record number of pupils and parents participate in 2021-22, and as a result committed more money than the minimum
required to PB in 2022-23.  Their project focused on improving the uptake of free school meals.  51 young people did not use their free school meal
entitlement at the start of the project and they reduced this to just 3 young people. 
Rigside Primary School
Rigside Primary School voted for better playground equipment and games.  This has improved engagement of pupils at playtimes and lunchtimes and
improved wellbeing for targeted pupils.  It has also helped some pupils feel a greater sense of belonging in school.   
David Livingstone Memorial Primary School
David Livingstone Memorial Primary School listened to stakeholders who were very much about supporting families affected by poverty with issues
around the Cost of the School Day.  Following the PB voting process it was announced that widening the access to extra-curricular clubs was the
favoured choice.  It is hoped that pupil wellbeing and engagement of pupils affected by poverty at after-school clubs will improve. 
Additional Support Needs Schools: 
Sanderson High School
Sanderson Primary School voted for pupils to have better outdoor learning experiences through an external provider, Outdoor Resource Base (ORB). 
ORB experiences have provided pupils with complex needs much needed opportunities to engage safely in a bespoke outdoor learning experiences
beyond the school environment.  Additional work in school has built on the skills and experiences gained at the ORB.  Six targeted learners have
achieved Curriculum for Excellence attainment outcomes at an accelerated rate as a result of the ORB experience.  There has also been an increase in
learning engagement levels, a reduction of violent incidents and an increase in skills developed. 
Victoria Park Primary School
Victoria Park Primary School focused on widening access to learning experiences.  Pupils and parents reported during the consultation that access to
such experiences is often difficult within the community due to lack of availability of appropriate local clubs for pupils with complex learning needs and a
lack of transport to access those further away.  A range of specialists were brought in, such as music therapy, Equitots and Therapeutic Clowning, which
have had a positive impact on pupils’ health and wellbeing and skills for learning, life and work. 
Further information: 
Education and Learning: https://www.southlanarkshire.gov.uk/info/200140/education_and_learning 
106

Page 107

-19- 
Good quality, sustainable housing for everyone - Fuel Poverty 
Why is this important?
Addressing fuel poverty is important as it impacts on every member of the community whether they are young or old.  It impacts on the ability to cook hot
meals, to heat homes, to avoid ill health caused by the cold weather and to operate medical devices for those living at home with significant issues.  Fuel
poverty also has an impact on mental and physical health.  It is well publicised that people choose to heat or eat and often parents of families will refrain
from eating nourished meals to ensure that their children have meals. 
How are we doing?
The partnership has a Fuel Poverty Group which is part of the wider Financial Inclusion Network.  The purpose of this group is to share ideas, discuss
initiatives and identify solutions which will help South Lanarkshire residents who are experiencing fuel poverty.  The membership of the group is diverse
with officers representing different services from South Lanarkshire Council (SLC) including: Community Engagement, Employability, Housing, Money
Matters Advice Service, etc. as well as external organisations such as the Citizens Advice Bureau, NHS Lanarkshire, Housing Associations, Energy Action
Scotland and Home Energy Scotland. 
The group have been focusing on the increasing energy costs and the limited options for residents to shop around (switch) for better deals.  This was a
result of the price cap that was introduced by the UK Government in an attempt to restrict excessive energy charges.  This meant that the energy
companies charged the same price therefore there was not any competition between energy companies for residents to try and get cheaper deals. 
In October 2022, the group attended a Community Networking Event which was held in East Kilbride as part of the activities during Challenge Poverty
Week. 
Due to its role in dealing with debts and welfare rights issues, Money Matters Advice Service has been dealing with energy poverty and helping residents
access funds, grants and emergency energy vouchers to help alleviate financial difficulty by making referrals to a variety of initiatives such as South
Lanarkshire Council Financial Wellbeing Fund.  Other members of this group also promote and engage with similar initiatives to ensure that South
Lanarkshire residents can access help with energy issues. 
Energy Action Scotland and Home Energy Scotland provide information on energy issues and initiatives to all members of the group as well providing
training/seminars for staff of the group members. 
All members of the group share information on any local initiatives that they can provide to the community. For example, periodically some of the housing
associations can access funds that can help their tenants so this is promoted through the group members. NHS Lanarkshire ensures that information on
energy issues and initiatives are cascades to their staff who are dealing with vulnerable patients. SLC departments will report on Energy Company
Obligations that will have an impact on communities. 
The collective sharing of information and promoting energy schemes through the Fuel Poverty Sub-Group has proved to be an effective platform for helping
deal with fuel poverty in the SLC community. 
107

Page 108

-20- 
Priority Next Steps
The uncertainty of energy costs and future assistance provided by the UK and Scottish Governments means that fuel poverty will continue for the
foreseeable future. 
Accordingly, it is vital that the Fuel Poverty Sub-Group continues to share information on energy assistance schemes and initiatives that will benefit the
South Lanarkshire community. 
Mr M, a client of Money Matters, was no longer able to work due to cancer and his only income was from benefits.  The client’s central heating system
broke down due a boiler which was over 25 years old and difficult to repair.  A referral was made to an energy charity who installed a new boiler.  There
was also a referral to a second energy charity which replaced old inefficient kitchen appliances with new energy efficient ones and a new washing machine
and tumble drier were installed. 
The four Citizens Advice Bureaus in South Lanarkshire between them dealt with 3,614 enquiries relating to energy advice/energy debt/ reducing energy
costs during 2022-23, an increase of 36% on 2021-22. 
Financial benefits/awards to clients from energy interventions by Money Matters during 2022-23 was in excess of £0.5m (£538,690.64), while a further
£0.38m (£378,041) in financial gains was secured for MMAS clients through energy debt interventions during 2022-23. 
Foodbanks across South Lanarkshire issued 842 fuel/energy vouchers (from various funding sources) to clients during 2022-23 in addition to emergency
food parcels. 
Further information
Money is not the only problem:
https://www.southlanarkshire.gov.uk/info/200134/benefits_and_money_advice/2050/money_is_not_the_only_problem 
Fuel Poverty Sub Group:
https://www.southlanarkshire.gov.uk/cp/info/4/thematic_groups/107/fuel_poverty_sub_group 
Financial Inclusion Network:
https://www.southlanarkshire.gov.uk/cp/info/4/thematic_groups/71/financial_inclusion_network 
108

Page 109

-21- 
Section 5 – Working with Communities: How you can get involved 
Community Participation and Engagement 
Why is this important?
Our work as a partnership is intended to improve outcomes for people who live, play and work in South Lanarkshire, particularly in those areas that
experience the poorest outcomes.  There is a lot of evidence that shows that when people are involved in decisions about services which affect them,
outcomes are improved.  As a partnership, we want to find ways to speak to communities and encourage them to act themselves and to have an influence
on how services are delivered where they live. 
The Community Empowerment Act 2015 (www.gov.scot/publications/community-empowerment-scotland-act-summary/) means that legally the partnership
has to place communities at the centre of its work, and work together with them to produce locality plans which we call Neighbourhood Plans in areas which
have the poorest outcomes.  In South Lanarkshire we are ambitious and work to extend this beyond the legal requirements and listen to and involve
communities in a real and meaningful way.  The Act also sets out other requirements for public organisations, for example, in relation to Community Asset
Transfers and Participation Requests.   
During the year, many consultation and engagement activities were carried out by partners with communities in the South Lanarkshire area.  The following
sections in the report highlight some areas of this work. 
109

Page 110

-22- 
Working with Communities: Neighbourhood Planning 
Why is this important?
Neighbourhood Planning is where both residents and local agencies and organisations are committed to working together to develop local plans for their
communities. 
This work aims to reduce the inequalities that exist in our most deprived communities and improve outcomes for residents.  Key to this is supporting
communities to drive the process and work alongside partners and service providers.  Together they build a shared understanding of local needs and
priorities and respond to these making the most of our shared resources. 
Collaboration with communities across South Lanarkshire and ongoing priority setting has been a key feature of our work. Sustaining existing support
to these communities to maintain and monitor the level of progress and success gained through Neighbourhood Planning is important to continue to
improve outcomes for these areas. 
Neighbourhood planning involves communities in real and meaningful ways and has created positive change in these communities.  To see the progress
that has been made in these neighbourhood planning areas please see the Annual Reports that are generated to highlight the progress being made on the
top ten priorities within each plan. https://www.southlanarkshire.gov.uk/cp/downloads/26/community_plan_and_neighbourhood_plans 
How are we doing?
We are working with nine communities to progress Neighbourhood Planning and a further two areas are in progress.  The following is a snapshot of current
activity in some of the areas that we are working with communities.     
Hamilton South
Officers have been working in the areas of Eddlewood, Low Waters and Fairhill in Hamilton.  The current focus is on the development of a plan for the
wider area of the Hamilton South ward.  Plans include the development of a new stakeholder group and the Neighbourhood Plan will still recognise each of
the distinct areas within Hamilton South, whilst working together for the good of all communities. 
Whitehill, Hamilton
The Whitehill Stakeholder Group are in the process of reviewing their plan, creating new priorities and starting a Participatory Budgeting process.  They  
are keen to engage with local residents and take forward their identified priorities in the year ahead. 
Blantyre
Activity in this area includes re-establishing the stakeholder group and setting an agenda for the months ahead.  This work will include identifying local
assets, relationship building and community involvement and Participatory Budgeting activity in autumn 2023. 
Burnhill
Burnhill Stakeholder Group has been working to deliver the priorities in their plan and have reported the progress in their recent annual report.  The group
have also delivered a successful Participatory Budgeting programme in which 254 people voted on how they would like the money to be spent in the area. 
Work to deliver the projects that were funded is underway.  The group are also working within their wider community to review the priorities in their plan. 
The findings of this work will be published in March 2024.  Members of the group took part in the national Shaping Places for Wellbeing programme.  This
110

Page 111

-23- 
focussed on reviewing their action plan; and they hosted various sessions with community members to find out what they thought.  A report on the findings
from this work has been produced and the group will be supported by the Project and Community Link Leads and partners to embed the priority
recommendations which is a key part of the project’s approach to create lasting positive change. 
Cambuslang East
Cambuslang East Stakeholder Group has been working to deliver the priorities in their plan and have reported the progress in their recent annual report
including successes in Participatory Budgeting projects that were awarded last year.  The group has also been supporting other groups within the area to
build capacity to allow them to potentially consider community ownership of some of the assets within the area.  This work is ongoing and will continue to
strengthen groups and organisations within Cambuslang East.  The group are now in the process of organising a new Participatory Budgeting process that
will allow community members to identify projects/activities they would like to see happen in the area.  Some of the ideas generated through this exercise
will proceed to public vote and the activities that receive the most votes will be funded. 
Fernhill
Fernhill Stakeholder Group has been working to deliver the priorities in their plan and have reported the progress in their recent annual report including
successes in Participatory Budgeting projects that were awarded last year.  The group are now in the process of organising a new Participatory Budgeting
process that will allow community members to identify projects/activities they would like to see happen in the area.  Some of the ideas generated through
this exercise will proceed to public vote and the activities that receive the most votes will be funded. 
Priority Next Steps
• Develop a Neighbourhood Plan for the Lanark area
• Develop a Neighbourhood Plan for the Greenhills, Whitehills and Crosshouse area in East Kilbride
• Expand the reach of Neighbourhood Planning in the Hamilton South area 
“I enjoy volunteering to help my community get better.  I like helping people and seeing their reactions.  It makes me happy being involved in my
community”.  Summer, young volunteer (Burnhill). 
“The modernised hall and library, the nursery, the Cage and the progress made on recladding and back court improvements have all helped make
Springhall a brighter, more attractive area for local people.  Still more to do of course but great to see improvements taking shape in Springhall”. 
Stakeholder Group Member. 
“As a resident of Blantyre, I want to do more than just belong, I want to participate in making this town a better place to live, gaining a sense of
community spirit, get involved with local groups to help tackle poverty and inequalities.  I want to encourage others to join local groups already doing
great work and helping our community, get to know their neighbours and make this a place to be proud of”.  Local Resident. 
111

Page 112

-24- 
Strutherhill and Birkenshaw 
For the last year the Strutherhill and Birkenshaw Action Group have been working to design and deliver a neighbourhood-based bike “campaign” aimed at
inspiring more people to take up or return to cycling. 
A launch event is planned to bring the community together and a programme of activities is in place including a bike amnesty allowing bikes to be repaired,
redistributed, or recycled, bike safety and maintenance checks and training has been organised across a range of levels.  Play on pedals training (for
toddlers) Bikeability and cycle proficiency training, on road training plus confidence building activities for beginners or those who haven’t cycled for a while
plus mountain biking “car park” skills workshops. 
The group also hope to recruit volunteers for “Rock Up and Ride” a programme promoting cycle proficiency within Robert Smillie and Craigbank Primary
Schools and have purchased balance bikes to support nursery-based activities and adult bikes for training and loan. 
The group are confident that activities meet the needs of local people because ideas have developed in direct response to consultation work undertaken
with residents who identified the following priorities:- 
The need for cycle safety sessions;
Organised cycling groups and trips;
Bike repairs and bike maintenance;
Guided cycles;
Learn to ride sessions for all ages and abilities;
Refurbishment and distribution of second-hand bikes;
Bike health checks;
Bike borrowing or bike share; and
Family focused activities. 
“I think the Bike Initiative is going to make a massive difference in the area. Beyond the health and wellbeing benefits I think it will create real opportunities
to bring the community together.  The training programme means that there is something for everyone”. 
Partnership working has been at the forefront of this project and the Action Group have worked closely with the wider community, South Lanarkshire
Leisure and Culture, Robert Smillie and Craigbank Primary Schools, local nursery schools, Clydesdale Colts Cycling Club, Bike Town and Head in the Sky
on this project.  A launch event will take place Summer 2023. 
Further information
Neighbourhood Plans: https://www.southlanarkshire.gov.uk/cp/info/26/community_plan_and_neighbourhood_plans 
Annual Progress Reports: https://www.southlanarkshire.gov.uk/cp/downloads/26/community_plan_and_neighbourhood_plans
South Lanarkshire Community Planning Partnership: https://www.southlanarkshire.gov.uk/cp/site/index.php
Community Empowerment (Scotland) Act 2015: www.gov.scot/publications/community-empowerment-scotland-act-summary/
National Standards for Community Engagement: https://www.scdc.org.uk/what/national-standards 
112

Page 113

-25- 
Working with Communities: Sustainable Development and Climate Change 
Why is this important?
Climate change and sustainable development are important considerations for Community Planning because they have significant implications for the well-
being of communities, the environment, and future generations.  This has been identified as a priority in the new Community Plan and can only be delivered
through working together, with our communities.  Community Planning partners can help to ensure that development is resilient, sustainable, fair, and that
legal requirements are met.  The following sets out some examples of current challenges and how the partnership currently is and can make a difference:- 
Protecting communities from climate risks which have increased in frequency and severity, for example floods, droughts, and storms.  These events
can cause damage to infrastructure, homes, and businesses, and disrupt community services.  Community Planning can help ensure that communities are
prepared for these risks by identifying vulnerable areas, developing emergency response plans, and investing in resilient infrastructure. 
Ensuring a sustainable future: Community Planning can help ensure that development is sustainable and that natural resources are used in a way that
meets the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs. This can include strategies to reduce
carbon emissions, promote energy efficiency, and support the development of green industries. 
Promoting social equity: Climate change and unsustainable development can have disproportionate impacts on individuals, families and communities
that experience the poorest outcomes. Community Planning can help ensure that development is fair and that the needs of all members of the community
are considered.  This can include ensuring access to affordable housing, public transport and green spaces. 
How are we doing?
The delivery of people and place-based approaches are at the core of the new South Lanarkshire Community Plan.  Work has been undertaken to map the
Community Plan to the United Nation’s 17 Sustainable Development Goals, with a commitment to localising the global goals.  Part of this work is to identify
any gap which will inform future action.  Moreover, the process will also assist in the creation of local performance indicators which will be reviewed
voluntarily on an annual basis.  These actions will assist in mainstreaming sustainable development and climate change across all Community Planning
Partnership plans.  All partnership work moving forwards will be considered through a climate change lens.  This aim is to refocus current planning
arrangements, prioritise and align policy and delivery with the statutory requirements of community planning whilst taking action to address the climate
crisis which focuses on climate, nature change and ensuring that no-one is left behind. 
Priority Next Steps
• A Community Planning Partnership Climate and Nature event will be held in October 2023, featuring guest speakers, climate cnversation cafes and
networking opportunities.
• A Community Planning Partnership Board Development Session focussing on Climate and Nature will be facilitated by young people in October 2023.
• Creation of a new webpage detailing easy to access resources for communities and groups to access, which will be launched towards May/June 2023. 
Further information
United Nations Sustainable Development Goals: https://sdgs.un.org/goals 
113

Page 114

-26- 
Working with Communities: Community Led Planning 
Why is this important?
The Community Led Planning process enables communities to identify local priorities and produce an action plan that helps people to take realistic steps
towards the change they want to see.  By bringing everyone together to think about what is needed, this process highlights the skills and resources already
available in the community, as well as identifying the gaps and the support required from others to make it happen. 
How are we doing?
Communities across South Lanarkshire in the Clydesdale, East Kilbride and Larkhall areas have created their own Community Action Plans.  These plans
have been developed through extensive community engagement activity delivered by local people, for the benefit of the whole community to take
ownership of and work together to achieve the priorities set out in the plan.  You can find more information about the communities that have their own plans
and view their latest plans on the Community Planning website: - https://www.southlanarkshire.gov.uk/cp/downloads/file/433/local_community_plans 
How can you get involved?
If you live, work, visit or have an interest in any of the communities that already have a local action plan you can get involved by supporting delivery of the
plan.  If you live or work in a community that would like to create their own action plan, please see our local Community Planning Toolkit for further
information.  If you would like more information or would like to get more involved in your community please get in touch.  Give us a call on 0303 123 1017
or email us at communities@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 
Further information
Community Planning Toolkit: https://www.southlanarkshire.gov.uk/cp/info/26/community_plan_and_neighbourhood_plans/104/neighbourhood_planning
If you would like a copy of the toolkit, including template documents, please email: contact@southlanarkshirecommunityplanning.org 
Case Study - Larkhall Community Plan
The Larkhall Plan Partnership, consisting of local third sector organisations, have produced an action plan from their community survey carried out in
2019.  In the past year, the partnership have continued to raise awareness of the Larkhall Community Plan, it’s value and the strong network structures
that have been built in Larkhall.
The partnership also continues to lobby for acknowledgement and support, exploring potential partnerships to deliver necessary improvements in their
local area.  Progress on their priorities for the future include: 
The Open Space Action Plan
A meeting was held with senior staff within South Lanarkshire Council’s Planning and Countryside and Greenspace Resources on 7 February 2023 to
secure the commitment of the council to develop an Open Space Strategy for Larkhall.  A joint workshop is planned with all relevant stakeholders. 
The Health Action Plan
A meeting was held with the Chairs of NHS Lanarkshire and Health and Social Care Partnership where a number of issues were raised that are being
progressed with partners. 
114

Page 115

-27- 
Leisure Centre project
A visit to the new Helensburgh leisure complex, allowed the partnership to see what a modern centre could look like.  £11.5m has been identified by
South Lanarkshire Council for a new leisure centre, leaving a gap of £10m or so.  A public meeting attended by all local party leaders agreed that the
development is a priority and all effort will be made to make up the shortfall. 
King Street Community Space
An exploratory meeting with personnel from the council’s Planning, Economic Development, Roads and Funding and Development Services provided
an opportunity to discuss the outcome of the feasibility study into the partial pedestrianisation of King Street as a community space. 
One of the key goals is for the ward of Larkhall to become a pilot area in South Lanarkshire (and Scotland) for effective Participatory Budgeting.  The
partnership have made the Community Planning Partnership and its partners aware of this in all presentations, meetings and discussions.  It was
recognised from the outset, that additional support was needed to help the partnership move this along and discussions have taken place at a national
level with personnel from the Scottish Community Development Centre (SCDC) and the Convention of Scottish Local Authorities (COSLA). 
115

Page 116

-28- 
Working with Communities: Local Place Plans   
Why is this important?
Local Place Plans (LPP’s) are community-led plans which set out the proposal for the development and use of land; and for local communities to explore
the needs for their area and set priorities for the future of their communities.  This can assist in the development of local collaborations and grow community
capacity and contribute to reducing the many challenges being faced today including climate change, nature crisis and reducing inequalities. 
LPP’s are required to be registered by the local Planning Authority (South Lanarkshire Council’s Planning Services) who have a legal responsibility to take
these into account in the preparation of the Local Development Plan (LDP). 
How are we doing?
The council’s Planning Service is about to start preparation of its third Local Development Plan (SLLDP3) which will set out planning policies and proposals
for the development and use of land across South Lanarkshire for the next ten years.  Communities can start developing LPP’s at any time, however, the
council will formally invite community bodies to prepare a Local Place Plan once the SLLDP3 process starts. 
There has been no LPPs registered to date, however, to help communities consider whether they wish to prepare one, a toolkit and guidance is being
prepared to raise awareness in communities including details on the council’s website and meeting have taken place with Community Partnerships to
advise of the option to do this work. 
How can you get involved?
If you are interested in preparing a Local Place Plan, you can contact the council’s Planning Policy Team by emailing lpp@southlanarkshire.gov.uk.  We will
be happy to provide advice or assist in submitting a Local Place Plan. 
Further information
Local Place Plans - South Lanarkshire Council
Local place plans: literature review and final report - gov.scot (www.gov.scot) 
116

Page 117

-29- 
Working with Communities: Participatory Budgeting 
Why is this important?
Participatory Budgeting (PB) actively engages residents in local priority setting, decision making and the allocation of elements of public funds. 
How are we doing?
The PB process has been adopted across nine neighbourhood planning areas who are sharing a bigger budget than usual this year thanks to match
funding from the national lottery.  £286,000 (allocation based on population size) was shared between these neighbourhoods and a variety of approaches
are being used based on local circumstances.  Three of our neighbourhoods have undertaken their PB processes already while our other communities are
still working towards this. 
So far this year 2,425 local people have had their say on how money should be spent within their community, with only one third of our communities having
completed the process. 
Completed PB processes: 
Burnhill
(£28,278 – 254 votes cast)
• The installation of Solar Panels in the High Backs to support community activity;
• Funding to enable the High Backs group to capture rainwater in a water butt and water their plants
sustainably and to investigate the option of having running water; and
• Projects to support people with the cost-of-living crisis.
Hillhouse, Udston and Burnbank
(£44,870 – 1,649 residents voted and 4,946
votes cast)
• A weekend supported study programme in John Ogilvie High School;
• Upgrade of a family room in St Cuthbert’s Primary School; and
• A residential guide’s camp.
Springhall and Whitlawburn 
(£27,053 – 522 residents voted and 2,610
votes cast)
• A community fun day, Springhall and Whitlawburn - Youth Development Team in partnership with
Cathkin Award Group;
• Sports, dance and movement programme - REACH Lanarkshire Autism; and
• A warm spaces initiative – Whitlawburn Community Resource Centre.
Strutherhill/Birkenshaw
(£24,389)
• Chosen funding to continue to invest in current priorities such as the bike initiative. 
Officers are working with Stakeholder Groups in Blantyre (£36,164); Cambuslang East (£38,901); Fernhill (£25,172) Whitehill, Hamilton (£22,786) Hamilton
South (previously Eddlewood and Low Waters and Fairhill) (circa £38,000) to develop the most appropriate PB voting process for their communities. 
For a full list of projects awarded, please view the Community Planning Partnership Board regarding an ‘Update on Neighbourhood Planning across South
Lanarkshire’ (Item 10/Page 69): https://www.southlanarkshire.gov.uk/cp/downloads/file/390/community_planning_partnership_board_papers_-
_7_june_2023 
117

Page 118

-30- 
How can you get involved?
If you would like more information or would like to get more involved in your community please get in touch.  Give us a call on 0303 123 1017 or email us at
communities@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 
Further information
Participatory Budgeting Scotland: https://pbscotland.scot/
The Participatory Budgeting Charter for Scotland: https://pbscotland.scot/charter
South Lanarkshire Community Planning Partnership: https://www.southlanarkshire.gov.uk/cp/site/index.php 
118

Page 119

-31- 
Working with Communities: Volunteering 
Why is this important?
Volunteers continue to give their time, energy, and commitment every day across South Lanarkshire to support our communities.  A wide range of activities
and services would not be available if not for the kind and generous support offered by volunteers.  The benefits of volunteering have never been more
evident, volunteers have a direct impact on better mental health, less social isolation, and an increase in wellbeing for themselves and those they support.
The impact volunteering makes on our society is immeasurable, the effect of volunteering is far reaching and recognising and valuing volunteers has never
been more important. 
How are we doing?
As part of a post covid learning and evaluation exercise, the Community Planning Partnership recognised the benefit of a collaborative approach to
volunteering.  This resulted in the introduction and launch of a shared South Lanarkshire Volunteering Strategy, endorsed by all partners through signing a
Volunteering Pledge.  As the Third Sector Interface for South Lanarkshire, Voluntary Action South Lanarkshire (VASLan) have taken the lead on the
delivery of key components within the Volunteering Strategy. 
We have worked in partnership with referral agencies to focus on the removal of barriers to volunteering by offering support in areas such as confidence
building, life, and social skills along with assistance to find suitable volunteering.  The number of people supported through this new programme has
exceeded our expectations with three times more people than originally estimated receiving support. 
Supporting partners and voluntary organisations in good volunteering practice remains one of our main priorities and working in partnership with Volunteer
Scotland, we continue to promote the Quality Standards Pipeline and to support organisations to sign the Volunteer Charter, achieve Volunteer Friendly or
Investing in Volunteers accreditation.  We are well on the way to achieve our ambitious two-year target of supporting one hundred voluntary organisations
to achieve one of these standards. 
Working with partners and the Third Sector to create more flexible, inclusive, and diverse volunteering opportunities has also been an essential part of our
work over the last year and has resulted in twice as many new and exciting opportunities on offer to potential volunteers.  In addition, work has been started
to implement a Training Portal to support learning, knowledge sharing and enhance employability prospects for volunteers and staff across the Third
Sector. 
The following are some of the highlights of 2022-23:-  
• 614 new volunteers registered; 
• 75 volunteers given tailored pre-volunteering support;
• 1,525 volunteering placements facilitated; 
• 97 new volunteering opportunities created;  
• 24 organisations working towards a Quality Standard with a further 20 indicating interest;
• 9 Saltire Group administrators approved;
• 364 new Saltire volunteer registrations;
• 355 Saltire Certificates issued; and
• 17,299 Saltire hours logged.
119

Page 120

-32- 
Fatima Afzal - supported by VASLan to find a volunteer role at ST MARY'S FOR ALL (Receptionist) 
St Mary's is a lovely place to volunteer and I am enjoying my time here.  Meeting new people and interacting with the community made me feel a part of
the community. 
St Mary's offers an opportunity to connect with people with different cultural and religious backgrounds.  This is worth dedicating my time at St Mary's
because this has helped me strengthen my knowledge and social skills. 
Volunteering is the best way to make a positive difference in people's life and definitely it makes a massive difference in yours.  Life feels more
purposeful and contented.  Even helping a little and providing a listening ear is satisfying and rewarding. 
Volunteering is the best way to escape from day-to-day work and to restore our energy. 
It feels so good to provide a listening ear and listen to other people's life experiences which is helping me to improve my problem-solving skills". 
Further Information:
Voluntary Action South Lanarkshire (VASLan): www.vaslan.org.uk
South Lanarkshire Volunteering Strategy: 
http://www.vaslan.org.uk/sites/default/files/2022-11/CPP%20Volunteering%20Strategy%20-%20for%20Website.pdf
South Lanarkshire Volunteering Pledge: http://www.vaslan.org.uk/sites/default/files/2023-03/CPP%20Pledge%20-%20A0%20Size.pdf 
120

Page 121

-33- 
Working with Communities: Community Asset Transfer 
Why is this important?
Local councils, the Scottish Government and other public authorities, own or rent lots of land and buildings, like schools, hospitals, parks and forests.  The
Community Empowerment Act gives community organisations a right to ask to take over control of land or a building.  If the community organisation’s plan
is better for people, they will be allowed to buy, rent or have the use of it.  This is called Community Asset Transfer.  The Act sets out specific criteria that
needs to be met by community organisations.  The ownership or control of community assets is a powerful tool for communities to drive change and
achieve their goals.  
The Community Asset Transfer (CAT) process allows statutory partners including the council to work closely with their communities to develop local
services and provision that are responsive to the needs of residents. The legislation which was introduced in 2015 allows community bodies to apply to
lease and purchase public sector assets including those belonging to the council.  By capitalising on the local knowledge and expertise of those who live in
these communities we can assist in the flexible usage of SLC assets and work together to make the greatest impact possible in the communities in which
we serve. 
How are we doing?
South Lanarkshire Council’s Community Asset Transfer Officer has been focusing on improving the internal process to make it more responsive to
applicant organisations as well as redesigning the website and producing an animation video to make the process easier to understand. 
In 2022-23, South Lanarkshire Council was the only Community Planning partner that dealt with Community Asset Transfer requests.  Two Community
Asset Transfers were approved during 2022-23 (Blantyre Victoria Football Club for Stonefield Park, Blantyre and Carluke Men’s Shed for Wilton Cemetery
House, Carluke).   The number of ongoing enquiries, which have been supported, has also grown greatly, with over 50 organisations working on proposals
from community growing spaces to community football pitches. 
How can you get involved? 
CAT is open to any community-controlled body which has the relevant constitution or governance documentation and is open to all members of the
community they serve. Any group applying for a CAT must show they have organisational strength to take on and manage an asset, and that they are
supported by the community which they serve.  The CAT process is an exciting opportunity which can benefit any community but involves a lot of time and
effort.  In recognition of this, the CAT Officer can provide tailored support to each organisation. This support can be augmented by assistance from other
organisations, such as Voluntary Action South Lanarkshire (VASLan), Community Enterprise, Just Enterprise, Community Ownership Support Services and
the Scottish Council for Voluntary Organisations (SCVO). 
Carluke Men’s Shed 
The CAT Officer has worked closely with Carluke Men’s Shed (CMS) to assist in their application to lease the former cemetery keepers house at Wilton
Cemetery in Carluke.  The group have existed for a few years and have grown steadily whilst working from container accommodation within the High Mills
site in Carluke.  As the group has grown, their need for a larger and more permanent base has become a priority.  The site was identified as vacant and
ideal for their purposes with a former bungalow being repurposed and one of their storage containers being placed adjacent to allow them to continue their
diverse activities.  The group’s application has been approved and the lease is in the process of being finalised. 
121

Page 122

-34- 
Tom Kennedy, Treasurer of Carluke Men’s Shed 
“Once the keys have been formally handed over to the CMS then we will begin to upgrade the internal carpeting, walls, furnishings, etc., to make it fully suitable for
our members to start their activities which will also benefit the wider community, combating isolation and loneliness to help improve their health and well-being. 
The CAT process has run smoothly as SLC has been diligently helping the CMS for the new plans to proceed.  It should be noted that this has been an excellent
arrangement working really well together in tandem“. 
Further Information
For South Lanarkshire Council, anyone wishing to know more about the process is encouraged to contact the Community Asset Transfer Officer at:
communityassets@southlanarkshire.gov.uk
Community Empowerment Asset Transfer: https://www.gov.scot/policies/community-empowerment/asset-transfer/
Community Ownership Support Service: https://dtascommunityownership.org.uk/ 
122

Page 123

-35- 
Working with Communities: Participation Requests 
How are we doing?
Participation requests are a formal way for community bodies to request to be involved in decisions and put forward their ideas on how services could be
changed to improve outcomes for the community. Requests can be made to a range of public bodies including South Lanarkshire Council, NHS
Lanarkshire, Police Scotland, Scottish Fire and Rescue, etc. 
During 2022-23, South Lanarkshire Council received one participation request: Annual report 2022-2023 - South Lanarkshire Council 
To make a participation request, your group must meet some requirements including having a membership open to your community and working for
community benefit. Your first step should be getting in touch with the public body you would like to work with for assistance in getting started. 
This can identify if they are the right public body to contact and they can also help you to get advice and information about any existing consultations or
decision-making processes that you could be involved in without needing to make a formal participation request. 
Further information
Participation Requests: www.gov.scot/policies/community-empowerment/participation-requests 
123

Page 124

-36- 
Appendix 1 
124

Page 125

-37- 
Appendix 2 
CPP Structure Diagram 
125

Page 126

126

Page 127

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Executive Committee
Date of Meeting: 22 November 2023
Report by: Executive Director (Housing and Technical Resources)  
Subject: Land and Property Transfers and Disposals 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:- 
 advise the Executive Committee of the actions required in respect of land and
property transactions
[1purpose]
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Committee is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):- 
(1) that the land and property as detailed in Appendix A declared surplus to Council
requirements. 
3. Background
3.1. Details of land and property, which are potentially suitable for disposal or
redevelopment are circulated to all Resources and Community Partners to establish if
they are suitable for alternative operational use. 
3.2. Transactions where there is a requirement to declare land surplus to enable
negotiations for minor or adjoining sales to progress are detailed on Appendix A. 
3.3. These transactions are only included in the report after successful consultation with
the Holding Resource(s) and Planning. 
4. Minor Disposals
4.1. The schedule shown within Appendix A identifies proposed transactions where the
holding Resource and Planning have agreed to the release of minor areas of land for
disposal. 
4.2. The Committee is asked to approve the recommendation that these areas of land are
declared surplus to the Council requirements in order that the Estates Section can
conclude negotiations for their disposal. 
5. Employee Implications
5.1. There are no employee implications arising from this report. 
6. Financial Implications
6.1. The minor disposals will generate capital receipts for the Housing Revenue Account.  
8
127

Page 128

7. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
7.1. This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy which impacts on the
natural environment, climate change or sustainability. 
8. Other Implications
8.1. There is a low risk that the capital receipts anticipated, as a result of declaring
properties surplus, may not be realised if, for reasons outwith the Council’s control,
the purchasers choose not to proceed with the transactions.  However, the procedures
and consultations described in Sections 3 of this report have been implemented to
minimise this risk. 
9. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
9.1. This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy or recommend a
change to an existing policy, function or strategy and, therefore, no impact assessment
is required. 
9.2 Consultation was undertaken with Planning, Roads, Community, and Housing
Services. 
Stephen Gibson
Executive Director (Housing and Technical Resources) 
31 October 2023 
Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes
 Achieve results through leadership, good governance and organisational effectiveness 
Previous References
 None 
List of Background Papers
 Plans of the land and property referred to in this report 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact:- 
Joanne Forbes, Head of Property Services
Ext:  4073 (Tel: 01698 454073)
E-mail: joanne.forbes@southlanarkshire.gov.uk  
128

Page 129

APPENDIX A 
DECLARE SURPLUS 
Area Description Holding Account Proposal Value
Banding
92 sq m 21 Kronborg Way,
East Kilbride
Housing Garden Ground 4
113 sq
m
3 Myers Crescent,
Uddingston
Housing Garden Ground 4
64 sq m 4 Solar Court,
Larkhall
Housing Garden
Ground/Driveway
4
21 sq m 99 Hall Street,
Hamilton
Housing Garden Ground 4
31 sq m 39 Gibbon Crescent,
East Kilbride
Housing Garden/garage 4 
Value Bands
1 – over £1 million
2 – £500,000 to £999,999 
3 – £100,000 to £499,999 
4 – less than £100,000 
129

Page 130

130

Page 131

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Executive Committee
Date of Meeting: 22 November 2023
Report by: Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources)  
Subject: Cost of Living – Support 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to: -
[purpose]
 provide the Executive Committee with an overview of the support provided to
households in South Lanarkshire in response to the cost-of-living crisis and to seek
agreement for the direction of funds to support further activity.
[1purpose]
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Executive Committee is asked to approve the following recommendation(s): -
[recs]h
(1) that the range of support being provided by the council to households in
response to the ongoing impact of the cost-of-living crisis is noted; and
(2) that the allocation of £0.173m from the cash payments being delivered by
Money Matters Advice Service to support foodbanks, looked after children and
the production of ‘Money is not the only problem’ booklets be agreed. 
[1recs] 
3. Background
3.1. While inflationary pressures are easing, with CPI falling to 6.7% in September and
interest rates have remained at 5.25% since August, the financial pressure on
household incomes remains significant.  As winter arrives, there are signs energy
costs are starting to ease, however, they remain significantly higher than they were
before February 2022. 
3.2. This report provides an overview of the support being provided by a range of Council
services to households in South Lanarkshire most impacted by the cost-of-living crisis. 
4. Cost of Living Support 
4.1. Money Matters Advice Service
4.1.1. In the period 2023/24 to 2024/25, the Money Matters Advice Service (MMAS) will
continue supporting the residents of South Lanarkshire, where they are experiencing
food and fuel poverty, by distributing 8,600 cash vouchers to the value of £50 through
the Financial Wellbeing Support Fund, in addition to continuing to provide referrals to
food and fuel banks providers. 
4.1.2. In relation to providing residents with access to energy top up vouchers, MMAS is
currently working with the following organisations to provide residents with energy top
up vouchers:-
• The Fuel Bank Foundation 
• The MEGA Fund 
9
131

Page 132

• Scottish Power Hardship Fund
• Clydesdale Food Bank 
4.1.3. MMAS also refer to Advice Direct Scotland, who can provide grants to residents who
do not pay for their energy through pre-payment meters and to Home Energy Scotland
who can provide energy advice through their mentoring schemes. 
4.1.4. In the first half the 2023-24 financial year, there were 1,399 unique clients who sought
debt advice and 1,520 Debt Cases/Enquiries. There were also 6,015 unique clients
who sought benefit advice and 13,142 cases (some unique clients will seek debt and
benefit advice so adding the number unique debt and benefit clients). 
4.1.5. The summary position for financial gain for the first six months of 2023/24 is provided
below: 
Type of Gain £ m
Total welfare/benefit financial gain £10.889m
Financial Wellbeing Support Fund £0.209m
Emergency Energy Vouchers £0.249m
Total Debt write-off £0.969m 
Total Financial Gain  £12.316m 
4.1.6 In the first six months of 2023-24, the amount of debt dealt with was £6.39m. In the 12
months for 2022-23, the equivalent was £7.47m in problem debt. Clients are,
therefore, presenting with increased debt level with higher levels mortgage arrears
evident. 
4.1.7.  It should be noted that the levels of client support can have seasonal fluctuations and
the winter/spring months can see increases in the number of clients seeking support. 
4.2. Benefits and Revenues
4.2.1. Support for households who have fallen into arrears or are experiencing difficulty with
payment of council tax, continues to centre on the award of Council Tax Reduction
(CTR).  There are currently 30,351 active claims for CTR in South Lanarkshire. The
projected value of awards for 2023/2024 at £23.390m is 7% higher than the actual for
2022/2023. This is due to the 5.5% increase in council tax charges implemented in
South Lanarkshire from 1 April 2023 and a slight increase in caseload. 
4.2.2. There continues to be significant demand for grants from the Scottish Welfare Fund
(SWF). Although the volume of applications is 10% lower than last year at this time,
they are still 17% higher than the corresponding pre-covid level. Grants to a value of
£1.314 million have been awarded this year to 30 September. 
4.2.3. The council is projected to spend £58.0m of Housing Benefit in 2023/2024 supporting
low-income households to pay their rent with a further £4.329m of Discretionary
Housing Payment (DHP) spend already committed in 2023/2024 for this purpose.   
4.2.4. To 30 September the service made payments to low-income households of £2.698m
covering School Clothing Grants (£1.784m), Free School Meal (FSM) payments for
holidays (£0.847m) and FSM payments for school strike days (£0.067m). 
4.2.5. The service also administered the national energy support schemes to provide
financial support to households who did not receive financial support directly from their
energy provider and households who used alternative fuels.  Eligible households
132

Page 133

received payments of £400 and/or £200 depending on individual circumstances.
These schemes have now ended with the total amount awarded amounting to
£0.222m, £0.110m of which was awarded this financial year. 
4.3. Support for Tenants
4.3.1. Housing Services continue to support council tenants with rent arrears by providing
financial assistance through its successful Tenancy Sustainment Fund, sustaining
tenancies and preventing homelessness. This has helped 163 households so far this
year and with awards totalling £0.085m (34% of budget). 
4.3.2. The Resource continues to promote the supports available to tenants through the
council’s social media platforms and in the Housing news publication, which is issued
to all council tenants. The current economic climate continues to financially impact
many tenants, directly affecting their ability to pay rent. 
4.3.3. The Rent Income Support team will continue to work with SLC tenants to support them
through the transition to Universal Credit and to maintain their rent payments, and
work closely with the DWP and other partners to ensure that tenants receive the
appropriate advice and support. 
4.3.4. There remains a continued pressure on the council’s Homelessness Services to
provide permanent accommodation and support households experiencing
homelessness, particularly as homeless applications continue to increase, both
nationally and locally.  Households who are experiencing homelessness continue to
be vulnerable to financial insecurity and hardship, particularly during the current
economic climate. Due to these issues and other factors experienced during
homelessness, a Housing Support Officer is allocated to those most in need which will
include tailored advice and support to meet the needs of the individual and ensure
supports are in place for moving onto permanent and settled accommodation
supporting tenancy sustainment. 
4.4. School Meal Debt
4.4.1 In relation to school meal debt, a total of £0.077m has been approved for write-off
following consideration by the Finance and Corporate Resources Committee.   
4.4.2.  On all remaining school meal debt, Education Resources will continue to work with
schools to review amounts owed for school meals. This exercise is being done with
the utmost sensitivity with a further write-off totalling £0.007m expected to be
presented to Finance and Corporate Resources Committee in December 2023 for
approval. This process will be ongoing. 
4.4.3. There continues to be joint working within the Council by Community and Enterprise
Resources providing the school meal service and Education Resources to support
families and signpost all supports available. The Council continues to provide a school
meal for all children who require one, even if they are unable to pay on the day. 
4.5. Support for Foodbanks
4.5.1. The figures for the first 6 months of 2023/24 (Q1 and Q2) show that that 12,929
households were referred for emergency food aid to food banks in South Lanarkshire,
with 21,162 people being fed through food parcels, including 7,261 children.
Compared to the first 6 months of 2022/23, there has been a 29% rise in the number
of households referred to local foodbanks, with the number of children in receipt of
food parcels also increasing by 29%. 
133

Page 134

4.5.2. To provide support to foodbanks, it is proposed £0.028m is allocated from the cash
payments made by MMAS.  This will allow the 7 foodbanks in South Lanarkshire to
benefit from a cash payment of £4,000 to support their operational costs such as utility
costs, volunteer expenses and insurance. The payments would be made by 31
December 2023. 
4.6. Looked After Children Payment 
4.6.1. It is proposed a further £100 payment is provided to each looked after young person
currently supported. This payment will be made to the carer (foster/ kinship/ family
carers). An additional £40,000 one off payment will be made to the Council’s partner,
Who Cares Scotland, to ensure support for Care Experienced Young People over the
festive period, similar to the support provided during the same period in 2022. The
cost of this initiative will be £0.135m, funded from an allocation from the cash
payments made by MMAS. 
4.7. Tackling Poverty Partnership Group
4.7.1. The Council continues to work with public and community partners through the
Tackling Poverty Partnership Group in the Community Planning Partnership to identify
and share our collective work in this area. This group is mapping the range of
resources available to residents from across all sectors and has produced the ‘Money
is not the Only Problem’ online resource and printed booklets. 
4.7.2. In 2022-23, 30,000 copies of this booklet were ordered, only a handful of which remain.
It is proposed an allocation of £0.010m be made from the funds allocated to cash
payments made by MMAS to cover the costs of a further production run of 20,000
copies. Once available they will be made available for elected member surgeries and
libraries. 
5. Outlook
5.1. The significant pressure on household finances is expected to continue throughout
2023-24 because of inflationary pressures and higher interest rates. The demand for
welfare advice and support services is, therefore, expected to continue to be
significant. 
5.2. The Council will continue to provide support from the range of services and budgets
available. However, the financial challenges councils are facing are a limiting factor in
the level of support that can be provided to households in South Lanarkshire. 
6. Employee Implications
6.1. The support outlined in the report is provided by a range of teams across Finance and
Corporate Resources and Housing and Technical Resources. 
7. Financial Implications
7.1. The financial implications of providing the range of support outlined are met from
existing budgets. After the proposed transfers totalling £0.173m from the funds
allocated to cash payments to foodbanks, support for looked after children and
additional advice booklets, £0.469m remains within MMAS and is considered sufficient
to fund the cash payments to households referred to in paragraph 4.1.1.  The provision
of cash payments by MMAS was made possible due to the re-allocation of funds for
the provision of energy vouchers. This re-allocation is greater than anticipated, and
together with a carry forward balance from the Financial Wellbeing Support Fund,
allows funds to be directed to support the new areas of activity outlined in the report. 
134

Page 135

8. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
8.1. There are no direct climate change, sustainability and natural environment implications
arising from this report. 
9. Other Implications
9.1. While the Council is providing a broad range of support throughout 2023-24 with a
significant level of financial resources, the actions outlined in the report are not
expected to be sufficient to fully mitigate the worst effects of the cost-of-living crisis
experienced by many households in South Lanarkshire. This reflects the scale and
depth of the crisis and the need for significant input from other sectors such as
governments and the energy sector. 
9.2. The ability of local government to provide further mitigation remains heavily reliant on
the responses from both UK and Scottish governments and the severity of the
economic conditions that are experienced.   
10. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
10.1. There is no requirement to equality impact assess the content of this briefing paper or
perform consultation. 
Paul Manning
Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources) 
24 October 2023 
Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes
 Accountable, effective, efficient and transparent 
Previous References
 None 
List of Background Papers
 None 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact: -
Craig Fergusson, Head of Finance (Transactions) 
Ext:  4951  (Tel:  01698 454951)
E-mail:  craig.fergusson@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 
135

Page 136

136

Page 137

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Executive Committee
Date of Meeting: 22 November 2023
Report by: Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources)  
Subject: 2024/2025 Revenue Budget Update and Savings
Proposals 
1. Purpose of Report  
1.1. The purpose of the report is to: 
 advise Members on the Budget position for 2024/2025, including an update to the
strategy and the savings proposals. 
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. Members are asked to agree the following: 
(1) that the update to the budget strategy (section 4) covering anticipated pay
award funding, pension contributions benefits, and expected outcomes from the
probable outturn exercise (section 5), be approved;
(2) that the remaining Budget Gap of £20.7 million (Table 2), be noted;   
(3) that the savings that require to be achieved over the 4 year period (as detailed
at section 5.11 and Appendix 1) of £96 million, be noted;
(4) that the savings proposals of £18.589 million covered at section 6 and Appendix
2, be noted; and
(5) that the consultation on the Distance Qualification Criteria for Mainstream
School Transport (section 7.2), be approved. 
3. Background
3.1. The 2024/2025 Revenue Budget was reported to the Council’s Executive Committee
on 21 June 2023.  This identified a Budget Gap of £29.207 million for 2024/2025.  This
paper noted that options to address the Budget Gap would be developed for Members’
consideration and brought back to a future meeting.  A pack of savings options are
detailed in section 6 of the report.  A Members’ briefing was held on 12 September to
update Members in relation to the budget and a Members’ Seminar was held on 9
November where the savings were presented.     
3.2. Since the Budget Strategy was approved in June 2023, there have been developments
in relation to external factors which can influence the Council’s Budget position.  These
areas are detailed in this report. 
3.3. Officers across Resources are working to identify means of assisting in managing
budget pressures.  This report will include details of these specifically in relation to
Mainstream School Transport. 
10
137

Page 138

3.4. This report will cover the following:- 
• Strategy Update (section 4),
• 2023/2024 Probable Outturn and Potential Contribution towards the 2024/25
Budget Strategy (section 5)
• Savings Proposals (section 6) 
• Mainstream School Transport (section 7), and
• Summary and Next Steps (section 8). 
4. Strategy Update
4.1. Since the Budget Strategy was presented in June 2023, there have been
developments in relation to external factors which can contribute towards offsetting
the Budget Gap.  These are covered in the sections below.   
4.2. 2023/2024 Pay Award:  The current 2023/2024 Pay Award offer results in a recurring
financial burden on Councils into 2024/2025. 
4.3. The Scottish Government have recently indicated that they will provide £94 million of
funding nationally as a contribution towards the costs of the 2023/2024 pay award into
2024/2025.  We have yet to receive written confirmation on how that funding will be
passed on, or that it will be provided on a recurring basis.  The current 2024/2025
budget assumes that the council would have to meet these costs.  This additional
funding will benefit the Council in 2024/2025 by around £5 million.   
4.4. The 2024/2025 Budget Strategy does assume an amount for a Pay Award for
2024/2025 but given the level of Pay Awards negotiated in recent years, it may be
prudent to allocate half the funding covered in section 4.3 to increase the budget for
the 2024/2025 Pay Award. The balance of £2.5 million could contribute towards
reducing the Budget Gap. 
4.5. Pension Contributions:  In September, we were informed that the recent valuation
of Strathclyde Pension Fund has resulted in the reduction of Employer Pension
Contributions from their current levels.  Instead of the current contribution of 19.3%,
there will be a reduction in the contribution rates to 6.5% for 2024/2025 and
2025/2026, rising back up to 17.5% in 2026/2027.  The new rates mean the Council
will temporarily spend less on pension payments than is currently budgeted in
2024/2025 and 2025/2026, with a permanent saving (of £3.3 million) from 2026/2027. 
4.6. The reduction in 2024/2025 and 2025/2026 is not permanent, so this cannot be used
to permanently replace the need for savings.  However, an in-year cash benefit in both
2024/2025 and 2025/2026 could be used to contribute to the Budget Gap for a period
of 3 years.  It should be noted that the same level of savings will be needed over that
3-year period so this is not an alternative to permanent savings. 
4.7. Appendix 1 illustrates the approach that could be taken using the temporary benefit in
pension fund contributions.  This illustrates that the level of savings required over years
does not change.  The Appendix illustrates how we could contribute £4 million towards
the Budget Gap in 2024/2025, and how this also allows the savings requirement in
2025/2026 (which was £41.4 million before Council Tax) to be brought down to a level
of £21.9 million.  It should be noted that using higher amounts of temporary funding to
contribute to Budget Gaps in the short term would increase the savings requirements
in later years. 
138

Page 139

4.8. Taking the benefit of the Pay Award funding and also the pension contribution benefit,
we could see a remaining Budget Gap of £22.7 million (before Council Tax).  The use
of the pension contribution towards closing the Budget Gap (sections 4.5 to 4.7) will
require approval from Members.   
Table 1 – Update to Financial Strategy    
Budget Gap (June 2023) £29.2m
Pay Award Funding (section 4.4) £2.5m
Pension Contribution (section 4.7)  £4.0m
Remaining Budget Gap  £22.7m 
5. 2023/2024 Probable Outturn Exercise and Potential Contribution to 2024/2025
Budget Strategy
5.1. The formal Probable Outturn exercise for 2023/2024 will take place over the next 2
months with presentation to Members early in the new calendar year.  This is the
exercise where we undertake a detailed review of all main budget lines ahead of year
end.   There are a number of budget areas where previously unanticipated variances
are emerging.  These are detailed in the sections below. 
5.2. Empty Property Relief:  The budget for Empty Property Relief (EPR) transferred to
the Council from the Scottish Government in 2023/2024.  This means that any costs
greater than the funds provided by the Scottish Government must now be met by the
Council.   
5.3. Current estimates for 2023/2024 show an overspend of £0.700 million in EPR. The
estimates will be further refined as part of the overall Probable Outturn position for
2023/2024 and may need to be considered in the 2024/2025 Budget Strategy. 
5.4. Loan Charges:  The Loan Charges Budget is made up of repayments of debt principal
and also debt interest costs. It can also benefit from interest on deposits.  The Council
currently holds significant cash balances, representing the profile of how the Council
gets paid grant, compared to how it spends, and also reserve balances that are helping
with the Budget Strategy over the short term.  These cash balances on deposit are
attracting high levels of deposit interest due to the high interest rates current being
paid by counterparties.   
5.5. The current estimate for the benefit to loan charges as a result of deposit interest is
around £4.3 million better than the budgeted position. 
5.6. There is also budget that was added to the Loan Charges budget this year for costs of
borrowing £13 million for the Transformation Fund for Leisure and Culture (£1.182
million approved as part of the 2023/2024 budget in February 2023).  This borrowing
has not yet been required and therefore this budget will underspend this year.   
5.7. The net underspend expected from deposit interest and the Transformation Fund
borrowing budget is therefore £5.5 million (sections 5.5 and 5.6). 
5.8.  Given interest rate projections into 2024/2025 remain above 4%, there is the likelihood
that we will achieve higher than budgeted levels of deposit interest into 2024/2025,
estimated at around £2 million.  The actual interest achieved will depend on cash
balances through the year, as well as interest rates through the year.   
139

Page 140

5.9. This means that between the expected underspend from 2023/2024 and the deposit
interest anticipated in 2024/2025 there is an option to target a £2 million contribution
towards the Budget Gap in 2024/2025 using this temporary funding.  Using £6 million
from the expected underspends would allow us to cover the reduction in the Budget
Gap for a period of 3 years, after which we would have to make a permanent saving
of £2 million in 2027/2028.  It is proposed that the balance of underspend could be
used to help any costs associated with achieving the 2024/2025 savings, including
those affecting staff, such as allowing for any delayed redeployments. 
5.10. Table 2 below shows the impact of the emerging issues and their contribution to
offsetting the Budget Gap and is illustrated in Appendix 1.   
Table 2 – Update to Budget Strategy  
Remaining Budget Gap from Table 1 (section 4.8)  £22.7m
Probable Outturn   
- Pressure from Empty Property Relief (section 5.3)  (£0.7m)  
- Underspend from Deposit Interest and    
Transformation fund borrowing 2023/2024 
(sections 5.4 to 5.7) 
£5.5m 
- Deposit Interest 2024/2025 (section 5.8) £2.0m 
- Contribution to costs associated with achieving
savings (section 5.9)
(£0.8m)  
Total Benefit Over 2023/2024 to 2025/2026 £6.0m 
Use £6 million of Probable Outturn monies over 3
years to realise £2 million benefit in 2024/2025
(section 5.9) 
£2.0m
Remaining Budget Gap    £20.7m 
5.11. Appendix 1 also illustrates that the savings that require to be achieved over the 4 year
period is estimated at £96 million.  The level of savings does not reduce over that 4
year period using the temporary funding, but it does allow consideration of the timing
of those savings.   
5.12. Service Concessions: Members will recall that the Council have already benefited
from revised Guidance on Service Concessions (approved by Council in January
2023) that allowed a contribution towards Budget Gaps through extending the term we
repaid debt to match the life of the asset.  Our external advisor is reviewing any
additional options around this and has not yet concluded their work.  Any further
opportunities around this will be reported back to Members when available.   
6. Savings Proposals 
6.1. As covered at section 5.10 (and Table 2), the remaining Budget Gap is £20.7 million.   
6.2. A lever that in normal circumstances is available to the Council in managing its overall
budget position and any Budget Gap is the ability to increase Council Tax.  Each 1%
increase in Band D would generate successive amounts of £1.550 million therefore a
5% increase in Council Tax would generate £7.8 million. South Lanarkshire continues
to have the lowest level of Band D Council Tax in mainland Scotland at £1300.81.  The
average for mainland Scotland is £1409.69.  As an example a 5% Council Tax
increase could reduce the remaining Budget Gap to £12.9 million. 
140

Page 141

6.3. On 17 October, the Scottish Government announced that they would be implementing
a Council Tax freeze for 2024/2025 and have stated that this would be fully funded. 
At the time of writing this report no information on funding has been provided.  Details
of the funding being made available in relation to the freeze will be critical to enable
the Council to set its budget. 
6.4. A package of savings has been collated and is included in Appendix 2 to this report. 
6.5. The savings identified currently total £18.589 million.  This total includes Management
and Operational Savings of £3.300 million along with Resource savings proposals of
£15.289 million for consideration.  The Management and Operational Savings as well
as the Resources’ savings proposals, are summarised in Table 3. 
Table 3 – Summary of 2024/2025 Savings Proposals 
2024/2025
Savings
FTE
2024/2025
Savings
£m
Community & Enterprise 88.6 7.348
Education 86.6 4.625
Finance & Corporate 13.0 1.066
Housing & Technical 2.0 1.250
Social Work - 1.000
TOTAL 190.2 15.289
Management and Operational 11.9 3.300
Total Savings 202.1 18.589 
6.6. It is highlighted that within the package of savings there are savings that impact on
teacher numbers (EDR10 – Extended Support Team (Inclusion Service) and EDR12
– Reduce Area Cover in Schools). We have not been advised of any restrictions
around reducing teacher numbers in 2024/2025.   
6.7. There is also a saving in relation to Charging for Garden Waste Collection (CER01)
that would require approval now for implementation to make a saving in 2025/2026.   
7. Distance Qualification of Entitlement to Free Mainstream School Transport for
Primary and Secondary Pupils
7.1. There are budget pressures within Education Resources including the forecast budget
overspend on mainstream transport costs for financial year 2023/2024, estimated to
be around £4.4 million. This reflects the significant increases in the cost of mainstream
school transport experienced in recent years.  This pressure is not included in the
Council’s 2024/2025 Budget Gap detailed in this report.   
7.2. Appendix 3 provides details around proposals to consult on changing the criteria for
when free school transport will be provided to match the statutory limits.  Members are
asked to agree to conducting a consultation on the proposals to increase the distance
qualification for free mainstream transport.  The consultation outcome and proposals
will be brought back to Members for consideration (expected May 2024) before
implementation. 
8. Summary of Budget Position 
8.1. The Council’s 2024/2025 Budget Gap reported to Executive Committee in June
2023, was £29.207 million.
141

Page 142

8.2. There are recent developments in relation to external factors which can contribute
towards offsetting the Budget Gap including the Scottish Government providing
funding to cover the recurring impact of the 2023/2024 Pay Award (sections 4.2 to 4.4)
and the reduction in the Council’s Pension Contributions across 2024/2025 and
2025/2026 (sections 4.5 to 4.7).   
8.3. The bulk of the reduction in Pension Contributions is not permanent.  The same level
of savings will be needed across the short term, but by using the cash benefit, then
there is scope to adjust the timing of when savings are made across this period.  This
is illustrated in Appendix 1.   
8.4. The 2023/2024 Probable Outturn exercise is expected to produce a level of
underspend, predominantly from higher deposit interest rates which is also expected
to continue into 2024/2025 (sections 5.1 to 5.9 and Table 2).  Using £6 million from
the expected underspends would allow us to cover the reduction in the Budget Gap
for a period of 3 years, after which we would have to make a permanent saving of £2
million in 2027/2028.  It is suggested that the balance of underspend could be used to
help any costs associated with achieving the 2024/2025 savings, including those
affecting staff, such as allowing for any delayed redeployments.     
8.5. The impact of the emerging issues identified in this report, and their contribution to
offsetting the Budget Gap, means there is a remaining Budget Gap of £20.7 million
(Table 2). 
8.6. Management and Operational Savings totalling £3.300 million are detailed in Appendix
2.  Resource savings proposals of £15.289 million are also presented in Appendix 2
for Members’ consideration. 
8.7. Section 6 reports that the Scottish Government has announced a Council Tax freeze
for 2024/2025.  No information is available on funding for this.   
8.8. The savings that require to be achieved over the 4-year period as shown in Appendix
1 is estimated at £96 million.  The level of savings does not reduce over that 4-year
period using the temporary funding, but it does allow consideration of the timing of
those savings. 
8.9. In summary, the Budget Gap remaining, the value of savings presented, and the
amount generated from every 1% increase in Council Tax is detailed below:  
Remaining Budget Gap  £20.7m
Value of Saving Pack £18.589m
Each 1% of Council Tax Increase  £1.550m 
8.10. Members will note the critical nature of the point covered at section 6.3 in relation to
the implementation of the potential Council Tax freeze.   
8.11.  Next Steps: The Council expects to receive its 2024/2025 Local Government
Settlement in December, and an update will be provided to Members in January 2024
with a view to setting a balanced Budget in February 2024 for financial year 2024/2025. 
142

Page 143

9. Employee Implications
9.1. The employee implication of each of the proposed savings is detailed in Appendix 2. 
The process of achieving savings where employees will be affected will involve a
review of vacant posts, voluntary redeployment, and where appropriate the application
of the Council’s Switch 2 policy to support displaced employees. 
9.2. Timing of Staffing Savings:  The savings proposed in Appendix 2 will result in 202.1
FTE staff being redeployed.  11.9 FTE relate to the Management and Operational
savings.  As with previous savings exercises the Council remains committed to
working closely with the Trade Unions and have a commitment to avoid compulsory
redundancies.  As noted in section 9.1, there is a process in place for achieving
savings where employee or job numbers are affected (review of vacant posts,
voluntary redeployment, and where appropriate, the Switch 2 policy).   
10. Financial Implications
10.1. The financial implications are summarised within the report. 
11. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
11.1. Revenue Budget and Savings:  As agreed at the Climate Change and Sustainability
Committee (20 September 2023), a Sustainability Impact Assessment will be
completed in respect of the Revenue Budget process. This will be completed in
November.  The impact assessment process aims to ensure that we continue to
ensure that factors related to carbon reduction, climate change adaptation and the
wider principles of sustainable development are included within Revenue Budget
process.  The assessment will be updated as the budget process continues and at this
stage Members are not being asked to approve the budget.  Elements feeding into this
current Budget Strategy reflect increases in cost of current activity, rather than any
change to existing practices and therefore should have no direct environmental impact
change as a result. 
12. General / Other Implications for the Council
12.1. The Budget Strategy and the Savings proposals are a way of managing a number of
key risks which directly impact on the money available to deliver Council objectives. 
There is no certainty on the level of funding that will be received over the life of this
Strategy and the Strategy itself is based on economic information and advice we have
to date.  However, it is accepted that these are assumptions. 
12.2. The main risk area, where the Council has made assumptions which have a significant
impact on the budget estimates going forwards, are on the level of grant which we will
receive, as well as any general pay, demand or price increases / inflation assumptions
which are currently unknown.  These have been estimated, as far as possible. Any
movement in these assumptions would be a risk to the Strategy and will continue to
be monitored. 
12.3. As covered in the June paper, the 2024/2025 Budget Strategy does not at this stage
include any additional funding in relation to the following areas: 
• Children and Families • Teachers’ Pension • Waste Contract
• School Transport • Job Evaluations 
12.4. Further details are included in Appendix 4. 
143

Page 144

12.5. Council Tax Multiplier: A national consultation is underway on proposals to change
the Council Tax payable on higher banded properties.  At the moment, councils have
not been advised that this change will take place and therefore this paper does not
include any impact of this.   
12.6. Requirement to Set a Budget:  Under statute and internal governance rules, Council
Members have duties around setting budgets.  Failure to set a balanced budget would
have serious implications, not just for the Council but also potentially for individual
Members who could incur personal responsibility for failure to comply with their
statutory duty. 
12.7. Any failure to set a balanced budget would almost certainly provoke intervention
byScottish Ministers and the Accounts Commission who have legislative powers to
carry out investigations and make recommendations which could result in Scottish
Ministers issuing binding directions to the Council. Under the Local Government
(Scotland) Act 1973, special reporting processes exist (Section 102) which, if the
Controller of Audit is not satisfied with the Council’s steps to remedy such an issue
then he/she can make special report to the Accounts Commission on the matter. 
12.8. The Commission can then recommend that Scottish Ministers direct the Council to
rectify the issue. Individual Members who unreasonably contribute to the failure or
delay in setting a budget could be ultimately censured, suspended or disqualified from
standing for election for a prescribed period of time by the Standards Commission. 
12.9. If a new budget is not set, then the Council could not enter into any new unfunded
commitments including contracts and spend would be restricted to meeting existing
liabilities.  There is currently a Budget Gap and agreement on solutions to meet that
gap is required.   
13. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
13.1. Budget Strategy and Savings: In line with previous years, Equality Impact
Assessments are being undertaken for the individual Savings and the Budget as a
whole.  These will be complete in December and will made available for Members to
assist in the decision-making process.  In addition, an assessment will be carried out
in relation to the Fairer Scotland Duty.   
13.2. Meetings have taken place with the Trade Unions to advise of the Budget Strategy
and the savings exercise that is ongoing.   
13.3. With regard to consultation with the public, Members will be aware that initial Budget
communications commenced on 16 October and will run until Friday 10 November. 
These communications explain the Council’s financial position and give context to the
level of savings required.  Feedback on this first phase of the consultation has been
provided to members. A second phase of consultation will look at the savings
proposals specifically. Once this is complete, feedback on the savings consultation will
be presented to Members for their consideration. 
Paul Manning
Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources) 
10 November 2023 
144

Page 145

Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes
 Accountable, Effective, Efficient and Transparent 
Previous References
 Executive Committee, 21 June 2023   
List of Background Papers
None 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact:
Paul Manning, Executive Director, Finance and Corporate Resources 
Ext:  4530 (Tel:  01698 454530)
E-mail : paul.manning@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 
145

Page 146

Appendix 1 
Medium Term Savings Requirements and Use of Pension Contribution Benefit 
(as reported to Members in September 2023, and before any use of Reduced Pension Contributions) 
2024/2025
£m
2025/2026
£m
Budget Gap 
(Before Use of Retrospective Service Concessions) 51.0 29.0
Use of Retrospective Service Concessions (Reserves) to support Future
Year Budget Strategies (27.5) (15.1)
Reinstatement of Previous Year Use of Service Concessions (Reserves) 5.7 27.5
Revised Budget Gap 29.2 41.4 
Use of Pension Contribution Benefit (sections 4.5 to 4.7) 
2024/25
£m
2025/26
£m
2026/27
£m
2027/28
£m
Total 
£m
Budget Gap   29.2 41.4 20.0 11.00 101.6
Pay Award Funding – Permanent (2.5)    (2.5)
Use Pension Fund Benefit – Permanent   (3.3)  (3.3)
Remaining Budget Gap before use of
Pension Fund Benefit 26.7 41.4 16.7 11.0  95.8*
Use Pension Fund Benefit – Temporary (4.0) (23.5) (17.7)  (45.2)
Requirement to Re-instate Temporary
Use of Pension Fund Benefit  4.0 23.5 17.7 45.2
Remaining Budget Gap after use of
Pension Benefit 22.7 21.9 22.5 28.7 95.8* 
Use of Probable Outturn Monies (section 5.9) 
Use of Probable Outturn Monies 
(section 5.9) (2.0)   2.0 0.0
Remaining Budget Gap after Use of
Pension Benefit and Probable Outturn
Monies 
20.7 21.9 22.5 30.7 95.8* 
*Note that the remaining Budget Gap of £95.8m over the 4 years is the same before and
after the use of the pension fund benefit and probable outturn monies. 
146

Page 147

Appendix 2
Reference  Service Name and Brief Description of Saving FTE
(24/25)
Saving
24/25
£m 
Management & Operational Savings 
Council Wide
M&O01 All  Overtime   
Through converting time and a half overtime to plain time, a saving of around one fifth of the costs
can be made. 
This pack does not currently pick up, as part of any other savings proposals, any apparent planned
reductions in overtime. 
It is proposed that the level of enhanced rate overtime is reduced.  An element of the overtime will
be in relation to HRA and IJB, however, through targeting a reduction of other services enhanced
overtime by around 60% an estimated saving of over £0.300m could be made.   This assumes that
all hours worked on overtime is required.  
- 0.300
M&O02 All Charging 
A 3% increase on all Council charges is proposed.  This would generate additional income of
£0.200m and would mean a 3% increase on all charges that the Council is able to change (and
excluding charges for Adults and Older People Services).   
- 0.200
Total Council Wide - 0.500 
Community & Enterprise Resources
M&O03 Grounds  Alternative Working Patterns 
This proposal would see golf course grounds staff moving to contracts covering 7 days as an
alternative to weekend overtime working.  The saving would be in reduced overtime.   
Note linked to golf courses / SLLC savings.
- 0.075
147

Page 148

Reference  Service Name and Brief Description of Saving FTE
(24/25)
Saving
24/25
£m
M&O04 Streets Mechanical Sweeping – Large 
This proposal will see the introduction of alternative working patterns for staff operating large
mechanical sweepers that are used on Class A, B and C roads, country roads and other main
thoroughfare.  The saving based on a reduction of fleet rather than reduced employee numbers.
This would require a change to employees’ contracts. 
- 0.150
Total Community and Enterprise Resources - 0.225 
Education Resources
M&O05 Support
Services
Central Administration Support 
Following a restructure of the central administration support service this proposal is to remove 11.9
FTE posts. 
There are already existing vacancies totalling 5.9 FTE. 
The remaining 6 FTE equates to 3 posts at Grade 2 and 3 posts at Grade 1 (non-teaching posts). 
11.9  0.375 
M&O06 Early Years Early Learning and Childcare Reserves 
This proposal is specific to the utilising reserves for ELC currently held for pupil growth for future
years.  It may be possible to make this a permanent saving through looking at an option for flexibility
including levels of parental choice and the service will consider options in the future.   
The permanent element of this is not yet quantified and will require a full review of ELC service
provision to determine achievability.     
This proposal can be achieved in 2024/2025 as a one-off contribution from reserves.     
- 2.150 
Total Education Resources 11.9 2.525
148

Page 149

Reference  Service Name and Brief Description of Saving FTE
(24/25)
Saving
24/25
£m
Finance & Corporate Resources  
M&O07 Finance –
Transactions
Additional Income from Statutory Additions        
The council receives income from summary warrants issued in relation to Non-Domestic Rates.
Based on a review of the 2022/2023 position, additional budgeted income of £0.050 million is
estimated from 2024/2025. 
- 0.050
Total Finance & Corporate Resources  - 0.050 
Total Management & Operational Savings  11.9  3.300 
149

Page 150

Reference  Service Name and Brief Description of Saving FTE
(24/25)
Saving
24/25
£m 
Savings for Approval 
Community & Enterprise Resources 
CER01 Facilities,
Waste and
Grounds
Waste 
Bulky Waste - Remove Free Bulky Uplift
South Lanarkshire residents are currently allowed one free bulky uplift per year which allows for
the collection of up to 20 items. Subsequent requests are charged at £33.05. A benchmarking
exercise has shown that most councils across Scotland now charge for all uplifts, with the average
cost for a 10-item uplift at £61.32. This proposal is to remove the first free bulky uplift and
introduce a £40 charge for all requests. The number of items per uplift will also reduce to a
maximum of 10 at a time. 
Based on our current bulky uplift data and an estimated uptake of 25% for paid uplifts (based on
other councils’ experience), income of £0.415m is projected for 2024/2025. Future year income
projections will be refined following the first full year of operation. 
Comparative charges from other councils are attached at Appendix 2b. 
Charging for Bulky Garden Waste Collection 
Currently, residents can request a free uplift of garden waste that is too large to fit into the
household burgundy bin and there are no limits to the number of requests that can be made. It is
proposed to introduce a £40 charge for this service. Based on an estimated 25% uptake of the
current service users, income of £0.045m is projected for 2024/2025.   
2025/2026
Charging for Garden Waste Collection 
The household waste collection service provides a burgundy bin for the disposal of food and
garden waste. The collection of garden waste is a non-statutory service however food waste is a
- 0.460
150

Page 151

Reference  Service Name and Brief Description of Saving FTE
(24/25)
Saving
24/25
£m
statutory service. There are around 5,000 households within the Clydesdale area who are not
currently included in the burgundy bin service, as permitted by a rural exemption within the food
waste regulations. In addition, approximately 30% of households in South Lanarkshire live in
flatted accommodation and do not have gardens. There are now 16 local authorities in Scotland
who charge for the collection of garden waste. These charges range from £25 to £50 with an
average of £39. 
This proposal is to incorporate those Households in Clydesdale currently without a service, and to
introduce a charge to account for the increased cost. Based on estimated uptake levels and an
annual subscription charge of £40 for an expanded garden waste collection service would mean
income of £0.440m could be achieved in 2025/2026 (net of start-up costs) and a further £0.650m
from 2026/2027 onwards. It should also be noted that the Scottish Government are considering
making garden waste a mandatory waste stream collection. This would mean that we would be
unable to charge for the service, however additional budget would be expected to reflect any new
statutory designation.   
This proposal is based on income generation and does not involve a reduction in front line service
delivery.   
In order to make a further saving beyond what is presented here for 2025/2026, charges would
have to increase again. 
CER02 Facilities,
Waste and
Grounds
School Crossing Patrollers 
There are a number of options that could be considered for the school crossing patrol service,
from full removal of service to removing crossing points that are located at assisted crossing
points (zebra crossings). The responsibility for children safely walking to school is for parents –
the school crossing patrollers are a non-statutory additional service. 
Current establishment of 126 (30.11 FTE) has 13 posts (3.7 FTE) vacant on average at any given
time. There are 129 staffed crossing points. 
The proposal is to remove the 3 remaining crossing points that are co-located with zebra crossing
(0.6 FTE at Grade 1).  All staff would be required to be redeployed into a current vacancy.  The
standard contract for school crossing patrollers is 10hrs. 
0.6  0.010
151

Page 152

Reference  Service Name and Brief Description of Saving FTE
(24/25)
Saving
24/25
£m
The locations of the three crossing points are shown below: 
• High Blantyre Road/Udston Road (St John Ogilvie High, Glenlee PS, St Cuthberts PS),
• Udston Road/Farm Road (same schools as above), and
• Auchinraith Road (Holy Cross, Beckford PS). 
CER03 Facilities,
Waste and
Grounds
Countryside and Greenspace 
This will involve considering the range of activities undertaken by the service and may impact on
level of external funding received from the Scottish Government. 
The annual budget is currently £0.663m and the saving equates to a reduction of circa 18%. 
Current establishment – 15.1 FTE and the proposed saving would mean 3 FTE would require to be
redeployed (G2 L3). 
The proposal would require the reduction or cessation of activities in relation to the following services:
• Core Path Network
• Countryside Access
• Ranger activities
• Projects with Community Groups and Third Sector
• Volunteering/ Community Clean Ups
• Advice and support for legislative duties i.e. Planning Applications. 
3 0.120
CER04 Roads,
Transportation
and Fleet 
Roads Spend (Investment / Reactive / Core Maintenance) 
The level of spend on roads and infrastructure investment including reactive and core maintenance
would reduce.  Overall spend in this area is focussed on a range of repair works including on
carriageways and footways, drainage, lining and signing and safety defects.  A 20% reduction in this
investment area will see the network condition regress and an increase in the level of claims.
Investment will require to be prioritised towards safety related defects meaning less proactive /
preventative repairs are undertaken and more substantial investment required in the future. 
10 1.800 
152

Page 153

Reference  Service Name and Brief Description of Saving FTE
(24/25)
Saving
24/25
£m
In addition, prioritisation of spend would be required to reduce the likely need for temporary or
permanent road or bridge closures, increased risk of flooding, disruption for communities, business
and public transport services due to unplanned restrictions and to minimise the impact of reduced
wider support to communities (e.g. events) due to employee resources being directed towards
managing increasing defects and complaints. 
This saving may impact on our ability to adequately fulfil our core statutory obligations in terms of
safely managing and maintaining our network however the same position will be faced by all local
authorities. 
The current Revenue spend budget is £8.879m, the current Capital budget for Roads is £10.4m (a
core budget of £10m and a net carry forward £0.4m).  £7.5m is being spent directly on Carriageways
and the balance on other infrastructure projects including footways, structures, traffic signals etc.). 
An estimate of £10m has been included for planning purposes for 2024/2025.  The saving would be
a reduction of circa 20% and would mean an estimated reduction in Road Operatives of 10 FTE.   
CER05 Enterprise and
Sustainable
Development 
Christmas Events 
This option would see a budget reduction due to removing the Christmas Switch-On events. The
Council currently supports six switch-on events across South Lanarkshire, in Hamilton, East
Kilbride, Rutherglen, Cambuslang, Lanark and Carluke. This proposal would remove the events
programme. There would be no council provided Christmas events in town centres.   
This savings proposal would remove all the budget for this area (£0.045m). 
- 0.045
CER06 Enterprise and
Sustainable
Development
Christmas Trees and Lighting 
The proposal is a budget reduction to rationalise trees and festive lighting to eight main
geographical areas:  Hamilton, East Kilbride, Rutherglen, Carluke, Blantyre, Cambuslang, Larkhall
and Lanark. 
There is expected to be an overall saving of up to £0.086m from this proposal – there may be other
costs that would require to be confirmed therefore at present the value of the saving has been
limited to £0.037m.   
- 0.037
153

Page 154

Reference  Service Name and Brief Description of Saving FTE
(24/25)
Saving
24/25
£m
CER07 Facilities,
Waste and
Grounds
Food Waste Liners 
This proposal is to cease the provision of food waste liners for food recycling.  This would save the
cost of the liners and associated staff costs (0.5 FTE). 
0.5 0.100
CER08 Facilities,
Waste and
Grounds
Secondary Meals Price Increase 
The average charge of a school meal across Scottish Councils has risen to £2.40 and a proposal
was put forward to increase charges by 40p. A 20p increase was agreed. The service has
experienced exceptionally high increases in food costs and staff costs arising from pay awards –
the increase in charges agreed is considerably lower than these increases.  Comparative charges
from other councils are attached at appendix 2c. 
This proposal would be to increase charges to the amount recommended last year (that is, a further
20p increase).  Note that children entitled to free school meals will continue to receive these.
Currently around 16.9% of secondary children are registered for free school meals. 
- 0.177
CER09 Roads,
Transportation
and Fleet
Parking at Key Attractions 
This proposal is to introduce a £2 charge for parking at Tinto Hill, Chatelherault Country Park,
Calderglen Country Park and James Hamilton Heritage Park. 
Any further charges at other attractions would be subject to further approval. Traffic Regulation
Orders are required for any new charging proposals. 
Following approval of the saving there will be the requirement to develop systems and for a statutory
period, (6 to 9 months) there will be the requirement to promote the necessary traffic regulation
orders.  There will therefore be partial implementation of the saving in 2024/2025. 
Falkirk and Glasgow City councils have adopted similar principles with Falkirk’s Muiravonside Park
charge rising from £1 to £2, and Glasgow's Pollock Park £2.50 for 4 hrs and £4.50 for all day parking. 
Many National Trust sites / Forestry Commission parks across Scotland charge for parking. 
Income of £0.100m is now proposed for 2024/2025.  A further saving of £0.100m will be made in
2025/2026.
- 0.100
154

Page 155

Reference  Service Name and Brief Description of Saving FTE
(24/25)
Saving
24/25
£m
CER10 Enterprise and
Sustainable
Develop-ment
Business Support Programmes 
This proposal would see a reduction in the staff supporting business support and placing reliance
on partners such as Business Gateway to provide business support.  This will impact on the
delivery of the Economic Strategy and specifically jobs created/retained.  Both North Lanarkshire
Council and the Council’s Community and Enterprise Committee have now agreed to bring
'Business Gateway' in-house with NLC taking the lead role.  NLC is working through TUPE issues
with the existing provider but there may be an opportunity for some staff to be re-deployed to
Business Gateway/NLC to serve the needs of SLC businesses.  Delivery and operational structures
are currently being developed.   
Due to the multi functionality of the teams, there would be other activities that would cease or be
limited in their extent, such as providing advice to businesses, the assessment and monitoring of
business grants and supporting third sector organisations. There will be less support for external
funding programmes.  These are non-statutory services. 
There is currently a Revenue budget of £0.187m within Economic Development for Business
Support Grants and £0.089m for Tourism, Supplier Development Programme (SDP) contribution
and Business Development Initiative (BDI).  The saving would remove 37% of spend in each year. 
The staff reduction would be 2 FTE being, 1 Grade 3 post and 1 Grade 2 post. 
2 0.070
CER11 Leisure and
Culture
Leisure and Culture 
The Council currently pay a Management Fee to South Lanarkshire Leisure and Culture (SLLC) to
deliver leisure and cultural services. 
This budget currently totals £21.3m and it is proposed that this is reduced commensurate with the
level of savings that the Council is required to make from its budget.   
The saving would remove c7% of the Council contribution to SLLC.  This will have an adverse
impact on SLLC’s income generation as well as an impact on its expenditure budget.  As a result, it
could mean that the level of service reduction could be more, and this is in addition to their current
budget pressures. 
Any proposal to balance the SLLC budget would require to be agreed by the SLLC Board.  
tbc 1.500
155

Page 156

Reference  Service Name and Brief Description of Saving FTE
(24/25)
Saving
24/25
£m
CER12 Grounds Grass Cutting 
This proposal would see a reduction in the grass cutting specification. 
Low amenity areas – 14 cuts to 7 cuts per year
High amenity areas – 18 cuts to 14 cuts per year 
(Low amenity includes public open space.  High Amenity includes cemeteries, high footfall areas,
public buildings) 
This will reduce costs by £0.900m.   It will mean that grass will be much longer between cuts and
the general maintenance appearance will differ from current specification.  Grass arisings will be left
on the surface of those areas cut as grass collection will only remain in cemeteries. 
In additional to the 17 FTE affected, there will be a reduction of 20 FTE seasonal staff. 
17  0.900
CER13 Grounds Weedkilling 
This proposal will reduce weedkilling from 2 applications to one per annum. 
The reduction applies across all current areas of hardstanding, shrub beds and grass edges.  There
will be greater weed growth over the growing season.  
14.5 0.550
CER14 Grounds Winter Shrub Beds 
This proposal will see the removal of over mature winter shrub beds and reduced maintenance on
those remaining. 
The removed shrub beds will be grassed over, and the remaining shrub beds will see a reduced
maintenance regime. 
25 0.700
CER15 Grounds Bedding and Hanging Baskets 
This proposal would see the removal of all summer bedding and hanging baskets. 
- 0.144
156

Page 157

Reference  Service Name and Brief Description of Saving FTE
(24/25)
Saving
24/25
£m
Current summer bedding areas will be grassed over, including war memorials and baskets removed
including parks. 
There will be a reduction of 3.5 FTE seasonal staff. 
CER16 Grounds Support for Gala Days 
This proposal would see the removal of grounds staff supporting gala days.  This includes costs of
bunting and the costs of overtime for staff supporting gala days.   
- 0.055
CER17 Streets Mechanical Sweeping – Small 
There would also be a reduction in the number of smaller Swingo vehicle used on footpaths, shop
fronts and town centres and some roads within housing areas and industrial estates. (27%
reduction in vehicles).  This will mean less street sweeping.  Remaining vehicles will be targeted to
high footfall areas.   
Smaller fleet will mean means less resilience in ad hoc / urgent response situations. 
6 0.300
CER18 Streets  Litter collection 
This proposal would see a 10% reduction in litter picking and bin emptying.  The saving would
include staffing and fleet vehicles.  Bin infrastructure is being looked at to reduce numbers of bins
but increase capacity.   
10 0.280 
Total Community and Enterprise Resources  88.6  7.348 
157

Page 158

Reference  Service Name and Brief Description of Saving FTE
(24/25)
Saving
24/25
£m 
Education Resources 
EDR01 Support
Services
Librarians 
There are 11 FTE school librarians working across our secondary schools who operate a library
service ranging between 2 to 5 days per week, based on the size of the school. 
The proposal is to reduce the service by approximately 50%. This would be undertaken by moving
to a reduced service for all schools of 1- 2 days per week.   
This saving would start from April 2024 rather than the academic year, and a 50% reduction would
equate to 6 FTE posts at Grade 2 (non-teaching posts). 
6 0.240 
EDR02 Support
Services 
Secondary Schools Technician Service 
Cluster Team Technicians support the delivery of the curriculum within the secondary sector. This
is carried out in 3 distinct disciplines, Science, Technical and Audio Visual. 
The are approximately 54 FTE school technicians and the proposal is to reduce the service by
25%. This would be undertaken by implementing a partial reduction in staffing across each
secondary school based on size. 
In order to minimise disruption in supporting learning and teaching and protect the health and safety
aspect of technical support, it is expected that the discipline of audio visual may be proportionately
higher affected by this saving than the areas of science and technical. 
This saving would start from April 2024 rather than the academic year, and a 25% reduction would
equate to 15 FTE posts at Grade 2. There are currently some temporary positions. 
15 0.590 
EDR03 Support
Services
Period Poverty (Flexibilities) 
There is a legislative requirement to ensure that sanitary products are available free of charge for
those who need them within schools and the wider community.
- 0.080 
158

Page 159

Reference  Service Name and Brief Description of Saving FTE
(24/25)
Saving
24/25
£m
The spend over the last 2 years has been less than the funding awarded by the Scottish
Government. This funding is now part of each council’s financial ‘flexibilities’ as agreed between the
Scottish Government and COSLA. 
EDR04 Support: ELC  ELC Quality Support and Service Delivery 
This proposal will see the removal of 2.5 FTE clerical support from Personnel Services supporting
the recruitment for expansion, as the expansion is now in place.  These are Grade 1 Level 3 from
April 2024 (£75,000) (non-teaching post).     
In relation to the Equity and Excellence Leads (EELs) There are currently 26 FTE. These posts
were identified in 2018, to support Local Authorities to close the poverty related attainment gap.
The priorities for these posts are: 
• SIMD
• Higher concentration of vulnerable and in need families
• High level of multi agency input
• Eligible 2-year-olds
• Free school meal entitlement
• Early Intervention
• Rurality  
The EELs are placed within Local authority and funded provider settings for a period of time to work
alongside the manager and staff to provide very targeted support to upskill practitioners and
support capacity for improvement. 
At this time, we have 2 FTE posts vacant, and 13 term time posts.  We propose to remove 3.8 FTE
providing a potential saving of approximately £170,000 at this time.  These are grade 2 level 4
posts from April 2024 (non-teaching posts).   
In addition, the proposal is to remove a post supporting the development of Seemis NAMS Early
Years system.  This activity will need to be managed from within the remaining be Education central
admin team when the project goes live.  This post is currently vacant (£45,000).  This is 1 FTE
grade 2 level 4 post from April 2024 (non-teaching post). 
7.3  0.300 
159

Page 160

Reference  Service Name and Brief Description of Saving FTE
(24/25)
Saving
24/25
£m
Also, proposed is a £0.010 million saving in relation to contribution to SPELL (Support for Play and
Early Learning in Lanarkshire).  SPELL provide support to the parent and toddler groups and
voluntary sector playgroups. This includes training and development which complements the
training that is delivered centrally. 
EDR05 Support: CQIS  Delivery of the Curriculum Quality and Improvement Service (CQIS) 
This may impact on school improvement and inspection, literacy, numeracy and health and
wellbeing, parental engagement and involvement, attainment including qualification, digital learning
and leadership development. 
The consequences of this saving will be a reduction in the resource available from officers to
support schools and the services described above.   
Proposed measures include: 
• Reduction in supported study programme (£0.005m)
• Recharge copyright licences to schools, currently paid for by CQIS.  This is an essential
service but the costs going forward will need to be met by schools from existing budgets. 
(£0.120m)
• Remove funding to support Outdoor learning risk assessment (£0.010m)
• Remove power language support to schools (£0.005) *
• Remove support for career Academy (£0.002m) *
• Recharge Scholar Programme* This is a 1 year contracted service currently paid by CQIS
which will need to be supported by schools from existing budgets in 2024/25 and will be
removed permanently thereafter. (£0.040m)  
• Phase out consortium transport support (transport for Advanced Higher pupils) in favour of
virtual academy (£0.003m)
• Cost recovery for CPD, catering and lets associated with training events delivered by CQIS
(£0.105m).  
• Remove 1 Mentoring post (£0.060) 
* These are optional services for schools, and should they wish to continue, schools will need to
fund directly from devolved budgets which are also subject to a saving in this pack.  
1 0.350 
160

Page 161

Reference  Service Name and Brief Description of Saving FTE
(24/25)
Saving
24/25
£m
The post would need to be removed from the service from April 2024 to achieve these proposals. 
This is a post is a grade 3 level 8 (non-teaching post). 
EDR06 Early Years Early Learning and Childcare Food Provision 
This relates to the provision for children attending morning only and afternoon only ELC settings
where food provision (brunch and afternoon tea respectively) is in addition to Milk and Healthy snack.   
Children will still be offered snacks, brunch and afternoon tea ( where applicable).  There will be a
reduction in food choice, with a view to reducing the service marginally to align to hours in attendance,
overall food provision and budgets available. 
Any revised arrangements will be fully compliant with nutritional standards.   
This would impact on 1.5 FTE grade 1 Facilities catering staff.       
1.5   
CER
Facilities
staff
impact 
0.150 
EDR07 Primary  Remove SLC Summer Programme Provision 
This option would see a removal of the councils funding that has contributed holiday play club
provision from 2024/2025.  This is a continuation of programme reduction following a reduction in
Scottish Government funding in Summer 2023. The saving would remove the remaining element of
Council funding and the programme would only continue if Scottish Government funding was
provided and would be scaled accordingly. If no Scottish Government funding is received, then no
provision will be provided.   If the Scottish Government continue to provide funding then we will
continue to provide clubs. 
Clubs were provided last year in the following areas: 
• Halfmerke Primary School, East Kilbride
• West Mains School, ASN, East Kilbride
• Greenburn School, ASN, East Kilbride
• Douglas Universal Connections
• St Mary’s Primary School, Lanark
• St. Athanasius Primary School, Carluke
• Neilsland Primary School, Hamilton
• St. Paul’s Primary School, Whitehill, Hamilton
• Cairns Primary School, Cambuslang
• Burgh Primary School, Rutherglen
• Craigbank Primary School, Larkhall (run by
Machan Trust) 
2.8 0.143 
161

Page 162

Reference  Service Name and Brief Description of Saving FTE
(24/25)
Saving
24/25
£m
Parents of any child entitled to a free school meal will continue to receive a payment of £2.50 per day
during school holidays.   
This proposal reflects a reduction in non-teaching posts of 2.8 FTE posts (1.8 FTE at grade 2 and 1
FTE at grade 3) as well as funding for food provision and resources. 
EDR08 Secondary Mentoring and Learner Journey Reserves / MCR Pathways   
This proposal is to utilise reserves that were identified for mentoring support and improved learner
journey experience for vulnerable young people as a saving. 
A current programme operates via MCR Pathways funded via the Scottish Government and Strategic
Equity Fund (SEF).  A permanent saving can be achieved by considering options around removing
the existing MCR programmes and other support within schools. 
This proposal can be achieved in 2024/2025 as a one-off contribution from reserves.      
9 0.380 
EDR09 Youth, Family
and
Community
Learning
Payments to RegenFX 
Remove Council support to RegenFx for youth services.  RegenFX (Youth Trust) was established as
a charity in 2007 and aims to identify, design and deliver solutions to ease youth poverty, associated
anti-social behaviour and provide youth diversion activities within the regeneration areas of South
Lanarkshire. 
The organisation directly delivers youth projects and recruits, trains and supports volunteers. It helps
to administer funding streams for groups and individuals and provides several youth work training
courses. 
The payments to Regen FX total £0.115m and are made up as follows:   
• Staff Costs Contribution - £0.031m
• Youth, Family and Community Learning Contribution - £0.020m
• Universal Connections Contribution - £0.064m                                             
Note link to FCR04.
- 0.115 
162

Page 163

Reference  Service Name and Brief Description of Saving FTE
(24/25)
Saving
24/25
£m
EDR10 Inclusion Extended Support Team (Inclusion Service) 
Propose reduction in teacher staffing of Extended Support Teams. This is a locality based
peripatetic teaching support service for children and young people with additional support needs
attending mainstream primary and secondary schools. 
The service delivers advice, training and guidance to schools on a range of additional support
needs including English as an additional language, dyslexia, autism, mental health and wellbeing
and distressed behaviour and provides direct teaching support to children and young people. 
The Service is an element of Stage 3 (out with school and within education authority) of the staged
intervention of support for children and young people with additional support needs.
Reduction in the service will require capacity building in school-based staff in the development of
knowledge and specialist understanding of the nature and range of additional support needs and
deployment of school-based teaching resources to provide additional support to children assessed
as requiring it. 
The current proposal relates to removal of 8 FTE teachers with a full year saving of £0.520m and
£0.320m from August 24 to March 25.   
This represents a 15% reduction in teacher numbers in the service.   
Note teachers’ impact. 
8 0.320 
EDR11 Early Years/
Primary/
Secondary/
ASN 
Per Capita / Devolved School Management Spend   
This saving proposes a reduction in the per capita allocation to Early Learning and Childcare (ELC)
/ primary and secondary schools (i.e. the amount we provide to establishments to spend per pupil). 
Total “per capita” spend is £3.6m.  This allowance has been subject to savings in recent years,
particularly as part of procurement efficiencies.  The consequences would be that the ability for
establishments to spend on classroom materials and resources would be reduced.   
A 13% reduction in per capita allocation of £0.480m will give a per pupil allocation of £21.71
primary, £91.96 secondary, £745.97 ASN and £74.34 ELC based on census 2022 pupil numbers. 
Any further reduction to schools’ budgets will be additional to this saving proposal.
- 0.480 
163

Page 164

Reference  Service Name and Brief Description of Saving FTE
(24/25)
Saving
24/25
£m
EDR12 Primary /
Secondary 
Reduce Area Cover in Schools 
This proposal is a reduction of 18FTE teachers in each of both the primary and secondary area
cover pools.  This relates to 36 FTE with a full year saving of £2.304m.  £1.477 from August 24 to
March 25 and the remainder in the following year (£0.827m). 
This will result in up to 18 further absences in each sector not being covered on a daily basis with a
reduced number of cover teachers available.  This will impact on learning and teaching in schools
and management time support.  This may result in Managers / Head Teachers and Depute Head
Teachers having to cover classes. 
Note teachers’ impact.
36 1.477 
Total Education Resources  86.6  4.625 
164

Page 165

Reference  Service Name and Brief Description of Saving FTE
(24/25)
Saving
24/25
£m 
Finance and Corporate Resources 
FCR01 Admin, Legal
and Licencing
Community Grants, Civic Events and Gifts 
This budget covers grants to national, regional and local voluntary organisations, community grants
and gala grants.  The recipients have mainly been in receipt of the grants for a number of years
although they have to apply annually and satisfy the criteria.  The budget also covers civic events
and gifts.   
A review has been undertaken re the current use of the budget alongside the grants criteria and
whether it continues to meet the council values and objectives and the needs of its residents, in
order to determine whether better use could be made of some or all of this budget in service
delivery. 
This has resulted in a proposal to either reduce some grants or remove some grants altogether as
well as a reduction in civic events and civic gifts. The staffing impact would be a reduction of 0.5
FTE (Grade 1). 
The overall budget of £0.685m includes community grants, civic events and gifts.  £0.211m is
payments to Citizens Advice. The saving will reduce the budget by 50%. 
Appendix 2d provides information on the grants allocated in 2023/24 and the impact into 2024/25. 
0.5  0.340
FCR02 Finance –
Transactions 
Council Tax and Benefits Call Centre 
This proposal will reduce the establishment working in the Council Tax and Benefits call centre. 
This would reduce the current establishment of 11 FTE by 3 FTE and would result in callers waiting
longer to speak to an operator.  Average call waiting times are likely to increase from the current 2
minutes to approximately 5 minutes with the longest waiting times increasing from 21 minutes to
over 30 minutes.  There are online alternatives for contacting the service.   
The staffing impact would be a reduction of 3 FTE (at G2 L1). 
3 0.096
165

Page 166

Reference  Service Name and Brief Description of Saving FTE
(24/25)
Saving
24/25
£m
FCR03 Comm's and
Strategy
Community Engagement 
The Council engages in community planning including a formal Community Planning Partnership
that involves and engages communities. There also has to be a Local Outcome Improvement Plan -
focussed on inequalities and looking at the Scottish Government National Outcomes. Within that we
have a formal duty to report on priority areas as identified through the SIMD and therefore our 10
priority areas that we have local neighbourhood plans for. Other statutory work relates to the Child
Poverty Act 2010. 
There are 19.5 FTE in this area and a budget of £0.868m.  The saving would be a 50% reduction in
budget.  The staffing implications would be a reduction of 9.5 FTE across all grades.  This unit
delivers work beyond the minimum required to meet those statutory obligations so this saving will
result in a reduction in the work we do with communities. 
Statutory obligations mean it will be impossible to withdraw or reduce from some specific areas of
service, notably support provided for Community Asset Transfer (which is also a priority in terms of
rationalising of council assets), work in support of the Community Planning Partnership and period
products. For this reason, the saving would be required from community engagement activities – in
essence, reducing this to core activities such as neighbourhood planning, with fewer non-statutory
engagement projects. 
A consequence of this could be reduced engagement and consultation with communities. 
9.5  0.430
FCR04 Comm’s and
Strategy
Payment to Regen:Fx 
The Service currently contributes £0.394m towards Regen:Fx youth trust, which provides
diversionary activities for young people.  This proposal would see a reduction of £0.200m in that
contribution.  Regen:Fx are a charitable organisation and they would require to look to other
external funding sources to enable current activities to continue.   
(Note the link to saving EDR09 where reduction in grant is also proposed).
- 0.200 
Total Finance & Corporate Resources  13  1.066
166

Page 167

Reference  Service Name and Brief Description of Saving FTE
(24/25)
Saving
24/25
£m 
Housing & Technical Resources 
HTR01 Housing (non
HRA) 
Community Safety Budget 
This proposal will reduce the level of funding currently used to support Community Safety initiatives. 
It would remove funding for partners and community safety initiatives that could be sought from
other sources.  In recent years, this has involved the ‘Move the Goal Posts’ initiative, therefore the
consequence of this is that communities would not have the opportunity to commission any youth
diversionary scheme.   
All consultation and bids from Joint Problem-Solving Unit partners will cease this year in line with
the removal of this funding.   
The current budget is £0.101m and the saving would reduce this by 45%. 
- 0.046
HTR02 Housing (non
HRA)
Housing Strategy Service 
The Housing General Fund currently makes a contribution to the Housing Revenue Account for the
Housing Strategy Service, in line with current work undertaken.  It is proposed that this approach
changes which will result in a different model for Housing Strategy Service and financial
implications for the Housing Revenue Account. 
The savings into 2024/2025 are estimated at £0.113m, which will be realised by increasing the
HRA contribution from 73% to 78% of the cost.   
The implications of this continuation of savings will be minimal for General Services Housing. The
increase from 73% to 78% in monetary value equates to £0.113m.  This would prevent any job
losses and ensure that the high levels of service are maintained particularly at a time when the
Affordable Housing Supply Programme is a key priority along with the development and
implementation of the integrated housing management system.  HRA will require to make a
compensatory saving.   
The current service budget is £0.677m. 
- 0.113
167

Page 168

Reference  Service Name and Brief Description of Saving FTE
(24/25)
Saving
24/25
£m
HTR03 Property
Services 
CCTV
We currently operate a fully staffed 24-hour service.  We will move to night-time only staffed service
with 24-hour recording. This will require a change in supervision arrangements, hours of operation
and staff shift patterns.  Assessment would include considering the implications of increased cost of
communications lines and stability of current Police Scotland contribution. 
The consequence of this would be the Council no longer providing a fully staffed 24-hour service,
however the service would be more sustainable and focused on peak demand.  The current budget
is £0.464m.  The saving would reduce the FTE by 2 posts. 
2 0.039 
HTR04 Property
Services
Scheme of Assistance (Housing)
This saving will be achieved by reducing the budget available for grants to be provided to
homeowners and those who rent a private property, to repair, maintain, improve, and adapt their
homes.  Requests for funding would be prioritised within the remaining budget.   
There is also an element of capital funding provided for Scheme of Assistance (£1m per annum) – it
is proposed that 50% of that funding is also reduced. 
There is a statutory obligation to provide advice and assistance in relation to tolerable standard and
disability. Other forms of assistance however are optional and can be provided through advice etc.
Updated guidance is awaited from Scottish Government. 
The consequence of this saving is that there would be less funding available for scheme of
assistance grants going forward, and there could be consequences in terms of people continuing to
live at home independently and potentially on the delivery of the Housing Investment programme. 
The current budget is £0.707m plus £1m capital.   
The proposed savings would remove c80% of Housing Revenue Budget and 50% of capital. The
£0.500m capital saving would be released by funding a lower level of capital spend from the
Revenue budget. 
- 1.052 
Total Housing & Technical Resources  2.0  1.250 
168

Page 169

Reference  Service Name and Brief Description of Saving FTE
(24/25)
Saving
24/25
£m 
Social Work Resources 
SWR01 Adult and
Older People
Reduce the Subsidy of the In-House Residential Care Home Services 
It is proposed to increase the charge for in-house residential care services.  
The charge for in-house residential care services is currently based on the national care home
contract rate of £762.62 per week.  It is proposed to base the charge on the average unit cost of in-
house residential care services of £1,469.73 per week. The charge made will increase from
£762.62 to £1,469.73. 
The contribution made towards residential care service costs, both in-house and external, is subject
to ability to pay. 
The proposed increase would only be paid by self-funders i.e. individuals who have capital in
excess of £32,750. 
As the contribution is based on ability to pay, in-house care-home residents who are not paying the
full charge will not pay any more under this proposal.  Also, residents for whom the Council
currently pays the cost of the service, will not be affected by this proposed increase. 
This saving assumes an average of 42 self-funders with the ability to pay the full amount. 
The projected increase in income is £1.580m per annum.  This will be shared 50% to the Council
and 50% to the IJB 
- 0.790
SWR02 Adult and
Older People
Increase the Taper for Non-Residential Care Services from 60% to 70% 
This proposal covers all services chargeable under the non-residential charging policy and includes
home care, supported living and day services.   
The charging policy for non-residential care services will continue to be based on an assessment of
the service user’s ability to pay towards the cost of care services.  In line with previous years, the
charging policy in respect of non-residential care services will be amended to reflect the thresholds
- 0.147
169

Page 170

Reference  Service Name and Brief Description of Saving FTE
(24/25)
Saving
24/25
£m
recommended by COSLA for 2024/2025, effective from April 2024.  If the income of service users
falls below this threshold, no contribution would be required. 
In arriving at the contribution payable by service users towards the cost of their care services, a
calculation is completed to determine their assessable income (leftover disposable income) to
which a percentage taper is then applied.  In line with the COSLA guidance for charging, Local
Authorities can set the percentage taper.  This then determines the maximum level of contribution
that the service user will make.   
The taper is therefore the amount that the Local Authority will take as a contribution from the
assessable income towards the cost of care services. 
The proposal is to increase the taper to 70% (from the current 60%).  This will only affect the
service users who are assessed as having the ability to pay.  574 service users (85%) would be
affected by the increase in the taper.   
The impact of the increase would range from £0 to £34.03 per week and only affects those people
who currently have the ability to pay a higher percentage of their disposable income to the Council
for services used, up to the value of the services they receive.   
The impact of the increase is shown below:
Increase of Between No. of
Service
Users
£0 to £5 243
£5.01 to £10 100
£10.01 to £15 154
£15.01 to £20 63
£20.01 to £25 10
£25.01 to £30 3
£30.01 to £35 1 
574
Based on the current financial profile of service users, the average increase would be £8.31 per
week.  The projected increase in income is £0.294m per annum.   This will be shared 50% to the
Council and 50% to the IJB.
170

Page 171

Reference  Service Name and Brief Description of Saving FTE
(24/25)
Saving
24/25
£m
SWR03 Adult and
Older People
Reduce the subsidy of the In-House Day Services 
The current charge for day services is as follows: 
Older People Services   £34.98 per day
Adult Services                £36.45 per day 
It is proposed to increase the daily rate by £3.40.  The revised charge for 2024/2025 would
therefore be as follows: 
Older People Services   £38.38 per day
Adult Services                £39.85 per day   
Access to day services is based on assessed need and self-directed support arrangements agreed
with the service user.  There are currently 184 service users accessing day services.  The charge
applied to access day services, and other non-residential care services, is based on an assessment
of the service user’s ability to make a contribution towards the cost of care services.  The projected
increase in income is £0.040m per annum.  This will be shared 50% Council, 50% IJB.
- 0.020
SWR04 Adult and
Older People
Introduce a New Charge for the Installation of Key Safes at each Service User's Home 
The installation of a key safe gives carers and community alert alarm responders access to the
service user’s home. 
This would be a new one-off charge of £97 to cover the cost of installation of the key safe.  The
average number of key safes installed each year is approximately 887. 
The projected increase in income is £0.086m per annum.  This will be shared 50% to the Council
and 50% to the IJB (SLC - £0.043m, IJB - £0.043m).
- 0.043 
Total Social Work Resources  -  1.000 
171

Page 172

Reference  Service Name and Brief Description of Saving FTE
(24/25)
Saving
24/25
£m 
Savings for Approval  
Community & Enterprise Resources 88.6 7.348
Education Resources 86.6 4.625
Finance & Corporate Resources 13.0 1.066
Housing & Technical Resources  2.0 1.250
Social Work Resources - 1.000 
Savings for Approval (before Council Tax)  190.2  15.289  
Management & Operational Savings  11.9  3.300  
Total Savings (before Council Tax)  202.1  18.589
172

Page 173

Appendix 2b  
Bulky Waste Charging Data Across Councils 
Local Authority Uplift Services - Oct 2023 info 
Aberdeenshire £31.47 up to 4 items / £62.94 up to 8 items / £40.42 Individual items
(priced per item).
Aberdeen City
£33 up to 4 standard items / £16.50 for 4 standard items if you receive
Housing Benefits.  Council tenants are entitled to have 4 standard
household items collected for free each year as part of their tenancy
agreement.  
Angus
£30.70 for up to 3 items each additional item thereafter £9.40 / £40.10 x
4 / £49.50 x 5  /  £58.90 x 6 / £68.30 x 7 / £77.70 x 8 items / £87.10 x 9
times / £96.50 x 10 items and so on to £190.50 x 20.  Up to 20 items at
one time.
Argyll and Bute £76.30 per 10 minute collection (longer than 10 minutes may be charged
for additional time).
City of Edinburgh £5 per item, max 5 items.
Clackmannanshire £50 per uplift (up to 8 items).
Dumfries &
Galloway
£13.95 up to 3 items or up to 10 bags (quote required for further items,
dependent on size/type).
Dundee City £29 up to 6 items £50 x 12 items outside your property at ground floor
level.
East Ayrshire
1-3 items £15:93 / 4-5 items £29:21 / £3:49 per additional item with a
maximum of 10 additional items allowed per uplift.  Resident in receipt of
benefit relating to Council Tax or Housing Benefit are eligible to a 50%
discount on published charges.
173

Page 174

Local Authority Uplift Services - Oct 2023 info 
East
Dunbartonshire
£24:22 per uplift.  Sometimes your uplift is not eligible for the standard
charge.  In this instance we will contact you with the cost.  
East Renfrewshire £51:85 per standard request.
East Lothian £5 per item 
Falkirk 1 free uplift / additional uplifts £35 max 5 items.
Fife Free uplift for max of 18 items 
Glasgow City £5 per item - £50 for up to 10 items / £80 per special items 
Highland £25.75 up to 3 items / £51.50 up to 6 items.
Inverclyde 1/2hr charge £92:65  /  3/4hr charge £139 /  1hr charge £185:25 / Fridge
disposal £46:60.
Midlothian £27 up to max 7 items / £27.00 for a fridge/freezer / £40:00 for a bespoke
quote for items such as bathroom suites and fitted furniture.
Moray £28.80 for 5 items plus max 2 black bags.
Wester Isles £30.50 for 5 items / special collection/hr (1 man + pickup £63.55.
North Ayrshire £26.46 up to 5 items / additional items £5.29 each.
North Lanarkshire £36.75 for max 10 items or x 20 bags
174

Page 175

Local Authority Uplift Services - Oct 2023 info 
Orkney Islands
Mainland and Linked South Islands Up to 5 items £65 / 6-10 items £273 -
Non linked North & South Isles up to 5 items £24 / 6-10 items £101 /
Lorry Load £204
Perth & Kinross £35 up to 5 items (3 bags=1 item) / additional items may incur further
charges.
Renfrewshire £37.15 for 1-20 items / white goods £37.15 each.
Scottish Borders £45 for up to 5 items.
Shetland Isles £40 up to 6 items / 7-12 items £80 Concession of £16 for 6 items if
receiving certain benefits.
South Ayrshire First item £25 / further 6 items can be added @ £5.00 each.
Stirling
£48.80 up to 5 items, 6 if including a fridge/freezer.  If all members of
your household are over 60 years council will collect up to 2 special
uplifts free of charge per year.
West Lothian £36.58 up to 5 items. 
175

Page 176

Appendix 2c
School Meal Comparative Charges 
Secondary
£
East Ayrshire 1.08
Dumfries & Galloway 2.00
Glasgow City 2.00
North Ayrshire 2.05
Falkirk 2.05
South Lanarkshire 2.20
Angus 2.20
Perth & Kinross 2.30
Fife 2.40
Argyll & Bute 2.40
Midlothian 2.40
West Lothian 2.43
South Ayrshire 2.45
East Lothian 2.50
Scottish Borders 2.50
East Dunbartonshire 2.54
Highland 2.55
East Renfrewshire 2.60
Aberdeen City 2.65
Renfrewshire 2.70
Shetland Islands 2.75
Orkney Islands 2.80
Edinburgh, City of 2.80
Aberdeenshire 2.85
West Dunbartonshire 2.92
North Lanarkshire 3.15
Clackmannanshire 1.35*
Inverclyde 1.50*
Moray 1.70*
Dundee City 2.50*
Stirling tbc   
* Main meal
only 
176

Page 177

Appendix 2d
Grants Information 
Budget Type  Grant Awarded
23/24
Potential Grant
Award 24/25
Voluntary Organisations
Spell £28,263 £14,130
Cash for Kids £19,570 £0
Voice £13,930 £0
East Kilbride Community Transport £5,552 £2,780
Lanark YMCA £5,451 £0
Cargill House Club  £5,047 £0
Coalburn Miners Welfare £2,060 £0
Thornton Road Community Centre £7,066 £0
Family Mediation  £6,561 £3,280
Particip8 Overton £3,000 £1,500
Lanarkshire Cancer Care Trust £7,571 £3,790
Lanarkshire Rape Crisis Centre £7,167 £3,580
Childcare in the Community £2,221 £1,110
Eastfield Physically Disabled Club £404 £0
Hamilton Churches Drop In £505 £0
Milan Centre Social Club  £2,019 £1,010
Play care out of Schools Care - 
Parent Action Group £3,028 £1,510
Special Needs Adventure Playground (SNAP) £3,533 £1,770
Clydesdale CAB £52,118 £46,900
East Kilbride CAB £52,118 £46,900
Hamilton CAB £54,539 £49,090
Rutherglen CAB £52,530 £47,280
Hamilton Information Project for Youth £56,650 £28,330
Lightburn Elderly Association Project £55,368 £27,680
Unspent in 2023/24 £83,229 £0
Gala Grants
Lanark Lanimer Day £4,635 £3,360
Rutherglen Landemar Day £4,223 £3,000
All other Gala Grants £15,842 £0
Community Grants
Community Groups/Playscheme Grants £103,000 £44,000
Civic Hospitality
Civic Events £22,600 £11,300
Civic Gifts £5,000 £2,500
TOTAL  £684,800 £344,800 
177

Page 178

Appendix 3
School Transport 
1. The statutory responsibility as set out in the Education (Scotland) Act 1980 is to provide
transport for those pupils under 8 years old who live over 2 miles from their catchment
school and for those aged 8 years and over who live over 3 miles from their catchment
school. 
2. However, South Lanarkshire Council currently operates a school transport policy which
is beyond the statutory responsibility being free mainstream school transport for all
primary pupils who live more than 1 mile from their catchment school and free
mainstream school transport for all secondary pupils who live more than 2 miles from
their catchment school. 
3. Given the financial challenges being faced by the Resource, service priorities have been
reassessed and consideration has been given to no longer providing school mainstream
transport at the current level.  If a reduction in transport expenditure cannot be secured,
this will result in the need for a reduction in spend in other areas of educational
provision, including learning and teaching and resources.    
4. There are only 5 of the 32 councils (15%), including South Lanarkshire, who continue to
operate the more generous policy of providing mainstream school transport at more than
1 mile for primary pupils and more than 2 miles for secondary pupils. 
5. It is proposed that the distance qualification of entitlement to free mainstream transport
for Primary and Secondary pupils is increased, and would be provided as follows: 
 any primary pupil who lives more than 2 miles from their mainstream catchment
school by the nearest safe walking route will be eligible for school transport (currently
more than 1 mile). 
 any secondary pupil who lives more than 3 miles from their mainstream catchment
school by the nearest safe walking route will be eligible for school transport (currently
more than 2 miles). 
 children with additional support needs or other medical needs would continue to be
assessed for their transport needs as per current arrangements. 
 any road safety issues would still be assessed by undertaking road safety checks,
assuming the child is accompanied by a responsible adult. 
6. The proposal would still apply a more generous transport policy than the legislation sets
out for primary children of 8 years and over. 
7. Implementation of this proposal would bring South Lanarkshire Council in line with the
majority of other local authorities with regards to provision of free mainstream school
transport.   In addition, active travel to school can improve health and mental wellbeing,
contributing to an active lifestyle. 
8. The forecast spend on mainstream transport costs for financial year 2023/2024 is
estimated to be around £10.3 million. This equates to a budget overspend of £4.3 million
and therefore adds significantly to the financial pressures of the council.   
178

Page 179

9. Currently, approximately 7,000 pupils travel on mainstream school transport on distance
eligibility. Individual re-measurements will be required, and consideration given to
potential road safety issues requiring assessment. At this time, based on previous
information and a recent high-level evaluation, it is estimated that if the proposal was
implemented this would affect 3,400 pupils (800 primary and 2,600 secondary) with a
saving of around £2 million when fully implemented. 
10. Members are asked that approval be given to conduct the consultation on the proposal
to increase the distance qualification of entitlement to free mainstream school transport
for primary and secondary pupils. 
11. Under the Schools (Consultation) (Scotland) Act 2010, if a local authority proposes to
discontinue arrangements for the provision of transport for pupils attending a
denominational school they must conduct a statutory consultation. However, as this
proposal to change free mainstream school transport policy has the potential to affect
more pupils across South Lanarkshire schools, it is considered appropriate to consult the
relevant stakeholders not just of denominational schools but those considered relevant
for all South Lanarkshire mainstream schools. 
12. The consultation will follow the process identified within the Schools (Consultation)
(Scotland) Act 2010 and will commence following Executive Committee.  The process
will include notification via newspaper adverts and social media, the issuing of a
consultation proposal document, a response form to gather written feedback and 4 public
meetings (one in each geographical location of South Lanarkshire).   
13. In terms of the proposal to increase the distance qualification, the proposal provides an
opportunity to encourage children and young people to adopt other means of travelling
to school such as walking, cycling and scooting where it is appropriate to do so. There
may also be the opportunity to make use of the under 22 free bus travel scheme on public
service routes, although capacity and commercial viability is unknown at this time.  The
proposal could result in reduced traffic around schools, lower carbon emissions and
improved air quality if pupils engage in active travel.   
14. Once the consultation closes, a consultation outcome report will be produced and
presented to the Council’s Executive Committee for consideration.   
15. An equality impact assessment has been undertaken for the proposal to increase the
distance qualification for school transport. 
179

Page 180

Appendix 4 
Risk Areas 
• Children and Families: Pressures associated mainly with external placements have
been reported.  The current estimated pressure that will be managed on a temporary basis
in 2023/2024 is £10 million. Work is ongoing with the Improvement services to provide
intelligence on our position compared to others, and consideration will be made to any
options and opportunities to manage some of the budget pressure arising from that study. 
• School Transport: Costs associated with mainstream and ASN transport have increased
significantly in the last 2 years.  As noted in section 7.1, current estimates show spend of
over £4 million in excess of budget.  The proposal detailed in section 7 / Appendix 3 would
help mitigate this cost overspend. 
• Waste Contract: The contract for Home Waste Recycling Centres (or Civic Amenity sites)
is due for renewal into 2024/2025.  A final position on the contract should be available into
early 2024 but at this stage, it is not possible to estimate any financial implications of the
outcome of this significant contract.  Members will be informed of the outcome of the
contract award and any impact on the budget as it is known. 
• Teachers’ Pension: The 2020 valuation review was to determine the contribution rate to
be applied for 2023/2024 onwards.  The Scottish Public Pension Authority previously
advised that any change in contribution rate will now be delayed until 2024/2025.  We
have not yet been notified formally of any change in contribution, however there is a risk
that contribution rates could increase, with increase in costs estimated at £2.000 million. 
It is anticipated that this will be met by the Government, but there is no confirmation of this
as yet. 
• Job Evaluations: As part of normal council processes, Job Evaluation exercises continue
across a number of services, and at the time of writing this paper there are currently 4
reviews at appeal stage which, if successful, may have financial implications on recurring
costs for the council.   Any back pay implications would be dependent on the outcome of
these appeals.   
If all appeals were successful, the costs of back pay could be significant however at this
point in time, no funding has been included for these costs given the outcome of the
appeals are not known. The initial outcome of the Job Evaluations was that there was no
change to the grade, however, these outcomes have been appealed and the appeals are
expected to be known by December. 
180

Page 181

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Executive Committee
Date of Meeting: 22 November 2023
Report by: Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources)  
Subject: Programme for Government 2023 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:- 
 provide a summary of the Scottish Government’s Programme for Government
2023/2024 and key items relevant to local government 
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Committee is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):- 
(1) that the contents of the report be noted. 
3. Background
3.1. At the beginning of September each year, the Scottish Government publishes its
Programme for Government (PfG) which sets out its key legislative and policy priorities
for the year ahead. 
3.2. After a foreword by the First Minister and a section on the Scottish Government’s
“National Missions” of equality, opportunity and community, the PfG summarises
context, achievements and plans for the year ahead under each portfolio. 
3.3. This report focuses on the plans and commitments set out in the PfG 2023 which are
likely to have direct implications for local government. 
4. Local Government Implications
4.1. Of the 230 commitments featured in the PfG, around 43% (99) can be considered to
have implications for local government.  These are itemised in Appendix 1 along with
an assessment of implications for South Lanarkshire Council. 
4.2. By way of summary, the following headline actions are of particular significance for
local government. 
Sustainable Scottish Public Finances
4.2.1 Further to the consultation on changes to the Council Tax treatment of second homes
which closed in July, we will take initial steps to increase the levers available to
councils by delivering secondary legislation – enabling councils to apply up to a 100%
premium on Council Tax rates for second homes and continue to discuss other options
with local government based on the analysis of responses.  
11
181

Page 182

Public Service Reform
4.2.2 Focus on service delivery and leadership skills, continuing to work closely with public
bodies on our public service reform programme – helping to ensure their work remains
affordable in 2024-25 and sustainable in future years, while improving outcomes,
reducing inequalities and preventing harm. 
4.2.3 Maximise the impact of public procurement through progressive procurement policy
and practice as a key pillar of our Community Wealth Building approach – working
closely with public, private, and third sector partners – driving consistency of
application, leveraging collaborative buying power, and promoting opportunities to
advance sustainability, including climate action, Fair Work, and community benefits
through public supply chains. 
4.2.4 Deliver a framework for digital service transformation with a focus on end-to-end
services, including work to catalogue assets available across the public sector, and
continue the roll out and development of digital identity, payment and cloud services,
and other common components – working closely with Local Government partners to
deliver, as well as to share best practice. 
4.2.5 Complete the Democracy Matters national conversation and use the findings to agree
new arrangements for inclusive decision making in our towns, villages, and
neighbourhoods. 
4.2.6 Review the Community Empowerment (Scotland) Act 2015 to ensure it is fit for
purpose, explore how communities can be further empowered, and improve
community planning (covered by Part 2 of the Act) to support the shared ambitions
within the Verity House Agreement. 
Working with Local Government
4.2.7 Progress our shared programme of work with COSLA under the Verity House
Agreement, in particular a revised Fiscal Framework between the Scottish
Government and Local Government. 
4.2.8 Support Mark Ruskell MSP with the reconsideration of the European Charter of Local
Self Government Incorporation (Scotland) Bill, as committed to in the Verity House
Agreement. 
4.2.9 Continue the Joint Working Group on sources of Local Government funding, to identify
further options for reforms to Council Tax, and to explore other potential revenue
raising levers which deliver greater flexibility over financial arrangements, improve
accountability for the delivery of national priorities, including net zero objectives, whilst
ensuring maximum value for money, and continue progressing the Visitor Levy Bill to
further deliver these aims, subject to parliamentary process. 
4.2.10 Continue planning reform, including digital transformation of the system and the
introduction of regulations and guidance on new Masterplan Consent Areas, and
further permitted development rights, to simplify and streamline processes for
investors. 
4.2.11 Work with public sector anchor organisations, local government, the third sector, and
businesses to develop legislative proposals and other actions to support Community
Wealth Building, with sustainable business growth and high quality jobs in
communities across Scotland.  
182

Page 183

4.2.12 Lead work across government to deliver the commitment to Whole Family Wellbeing
investment to support Children’s Services Planning Partnerships and local authorities
in the provision of preventative, holistic family support. 
Supporting Small Businesses
4.2.13 Work with local government and our agencies to transform the way we support small
businesses, improving the way we collect and hold data about businesses across the
public sector so we can target support better and make it easier for businesses across
Scotland to access the support available to them. 
Delivering Fair Work for All
4.2.14 Work alongside business, local government and the third sector to deliver person-
centred employability support, helping those who face barriers to labour market
participation into work, with a particular focus on parents, helping to meet our child
poverty targets. 
Thriving Local and Regional Economies
4.2.15 Support regional empowerment and growth by acting on the recommendations of the
Regional Economic Policy Review and working with local government and other
partners to develop Scotland’s network of Regional Economic Partnerships,
supporting our rural and island businesses, including tourism, and communities in
particular. 
4.2.16 Continue to empower all of Scotland’s regions, and further develop this by considering
Glasgow City Region’s ambitions to create a metropolitan region and Edinburgh’s
Regional Economic Prosperity Framework, as a precursor to similar discussions with
all regional economic partnerships across the country. 
National Care Service
4.2.17 Deliver the National Care Service legislation, subject to the agreement of Parliament,
to ensure consistency of provision and improvements in social care, social work and
community health support, working in partnership with people who access and deliver
services, trade unions, local government and the third sector. 
Independent Living Fund
4.2.18 Reopen the Independent Living Fund on a phased basis, with an initial £9 million in
2024-25 to enable up to 1,000 additional disabled people with the most complex needs
to access the support they need and deserve to live independent lives. 
Sport
4.2.19 Convene a working group, including representatives from COSLA, sportscotland and
sporting and community organisations, to explore how community access to facilities,
such as schools, can be maximised and enhanced, and identify areas of best practice
across the country. 
Tackling Poverty
4.2.20 Invest £405 million in the Scottish Child Payment this year, improving the lives of over
300,000 children across Scotland while continuing to drive forward cross-government
programmes which support the three drivers of child poverty reduction (cost of living,
income from employment and income from social security and benefits in kind) in key
areas, such as parental employability, early learning and childcare, mental health,
transport, and affordable housing – building on our place-based partnership work with
local authorities and local partners to change how services are delivered.  
183

Page 184

4.2.21 Establish a new Ministerial group, focusing on the delivery of Best Start, Bright Futures
across government to strengthen our approach and more closely co-ordinate policy to
maximise impact on child poverty, ensuring that we take a whole family wellbeing
approach to our child poverty work, which will enable us to support the Government’s
commitment to keeping The Promise. 
Preventing and Ending Homelessness and Supplying Affordable, Safe Homes
4.2.22 Continue to promote Housing First, which offers a mainstream settled tenancy and
wraparound support, as the default response for people experiencing homelessness
who have multiple and complex needs, including people whose homelessness is made
harder by experiences of trauma and problem substance use. 
4.2.23 Introduce the Housing Bill to create powers for the introduction of long term rent
controls – creating new tenants’ rights and introduce new duties aimed at the
prevention of homelessness. 
4.2.24 Invest £752 million this year through our Affordable Housing Supply Programme as
we continue to support the delivery of affordable homes to meet housing needs and
our longer-term target of 110,000 affordable homes by 2032, of which at least 70% will
be available for social rent and 10% in our rural and island communities. 
4.2.25 Consider the recommendations of the short-life Housing Review Group which will be
provided in the coming weeks, identifying those actions that can be taken by local
authorities to address existing housing pressures within their current powers and
budget – particularly around greater efficiency and effectiveness of resource use. 
Supporting Children and Young People
4.2.26 Work with local government and other partners to develop the local infrastructure and
services needed to provide childcare from nine months to the end of primary school in
specific communities in six local authority areas. 
4.2.27 Work with local authority and other sectoral partners to phase in an expanded national
offer for families with two-year-olds, focused on those who will benefit most. This will
build on the foundations of the existing 1140 programme, which makes high quality
early learning and childcare available to around a quarter of families with two-year-
olds on the lowest incomes. 
Reforming our Education and Skills System
4.2.28 Set out plans for implementing reform of our education and skills bodies and put the
voices of children, young people, and adult learners at their core, including responding
to the recommendations of the Independent Review of Qualifications and Assessment
by Professor Hayward, the National Discussion on Education and the Independent
Review of the Skills Delivery Landscape by James Withers, and the priorities arising
from ‘Purpose and Principles for Post-School Education, Skills and Research’. 
Investing In Our Schools
4.2.29 Continue to support schools and local authorities to improve the attainment of children
and young people impacted by poverty through our investment in the School
Attainment Challenge, with a particular focus on literacy and numeracy – a progress
update on ambitious local stretch aims will be published later this year.  
184

Page 185

4.2.30 Work with COSLA in the coming year to prepare schools and infrastructure for the
expansion of universal free school meal provision to Primary 6 and Primary 7 pupils
during 2026, starting with those in receipt of the Scottish Child Payment and work with
local authorities to ensure that school meals meet the highest standards of nutrition,
recognising that this is vital to our children’s effective learning. 
4.2.31 Continue to invest in our school estate in partnership with local authorities through the
Learning Estate Investment Programme, which will provide new, modern, state of the
art learning environments. 
4.2.32 Use the latest iteration of our Behaviour in Scottish Schools research to understand
the ongoing impacts of COVID-19 on school culture, relationships, behaviour, and
attendance, and work with local and national partners to ensure appropriate support
is in place. 
Circular Economy
4.2.33 Set out priority actions for our waste and recycling targets by publishing a final Circular
Economy and Waste Route Map and deliver the new National Litter and Flytipping
Strategy’s Year One action plan. 
Culture and Major Events
4.2.34 Publish, and begin implementing our Culture Strategy Action Plan Refresh, to support
the recovery and renewal of the culture sector with a focus on empowering individuals
and communities to further develop their own cultural activity, supporting them to do
so by identifying and removing barriers to access, championing the economic impact
of culture, in particular, within the context of community wealth building and creative
placemaking, and developing a long term strategic approach to skills and careers in
the sector. 
4.3. The PfG also includes the legislative programme for 2023-24, comprising the following
new Bills. 
 Agriculture
 Budget (No. 3)
 Cladding Remediation
 Education
 Electoral Reform
 Gender Representation on Public Boards Remedial Action
 Housing
 Human Rights
 Judicial Factors
 Land Reform
 Misogyny
 Scottish Aggregates Tax
 Scottish Languages
 Social Security (Amendment) 
5. Programme for Government 2023-24 – South Lanarkshire Context
5.1. As in previous years, an exercise has been undertaken to consider the commitments
highlighted in the Programme for Government 2023-24 as outlined in Section 4 above.  
185

Page 186

5.2. Using the list of commitments identified in Appendix 1, each Resource has considered
where the focus of activity is for the council; identified the actions that are being taken
or will be considered in respect of these; and a timeline/reporting route for these
actions. 
5.3. It should be noted that the Programme for Government was released before the
Scottish Government’s announcement of a council tax freeze and statements about
council tax in the PfG do not reflect that development. 
6. Employee Implications
6.1. There are no direct employee implications. 
7. Financial Implications
7.1. There are no direct financial implications. 
8. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
8.1. There are no direct climate change, sustainability and natural environment implications
arising from this report. 
9. Other Implications
9.1. Considering the detail of the report and identifying actions as appropriate contribute
towards effective risk management. 
10. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
10.1. This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy or recommend a
change to an existing policy, function or strategy and therefore no impact assessment
is required. 
10.2. Consultation was undertaken internally on through an officer group with representation
from all Resources. 
Paul Manning
Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources) 
25 October 2023 
Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes
• Promote Performance Management and Improvement 
Previous References
• None 
List of Background Papers
• None 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact:-
Tom Little, Head of Communications and Strategy
Ext:  4904  (Tel:  01698.454904)
E-mail:  Tom.Little@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 
186

Page 187

Appendix 1
PfG Commitments with Local Government implications 
COMMUNITY AND ENTERPRISE RESOURCES 
Sustainable Scottish public finances
• Seek the devolution of powers to introduce a levy equivalent to the UK Government’s Building Safety Levy for England, to allow us to work
towards ensuring the residential development sector makes a fair contribution to the costs of the Scottish Government’s Cladding
Remediation Programme, which, together with the Cladding Remediation Bill, will help to safeguard homeowners and residents by
remediating unsafe cladding that presents a risk to life.
Focus Actions Timeline and reporting
The planning and building standards service is
contributing to the discussions at national level
via the Local Authority Building Standards
Scotland (LABSS) Group. 
• Awaiting amended legislation to know
what actions will be required.
Any legislation that is brought forward will be
rolled out as directed, as and when required. 
Working with Local Government
• Continue planning reform, including digital transformation of the system and the introduction of regulations and guidance on new Masterplan
Consent Areas, and further permitted development rights, to simplify and streamline processes for investors. 
• Continue to deliver place-based investment and community-led regeneration, investing £70 million in our communities to help reduce
inequalities and support inclusive economic development in disadvantaged and fragile communities across Scotland – transforming vacant
and derelict land to attract investment, and supporting the delivery of low carbon, affordable housing and new green infrastructure to help
enable the transition to net zero. 
Focus Actions Timeline and reporting
Continue to deliver the remaining three years
of the Place Based Investment programme in
line with the priorities and approvals set out at
the Community and Enterprise Committee. 
• Work with internal and external partners to
deliver the approved projects and
strategies.
Currently in year three of a five-year
programme which is reported to committee on
a bi-annual basis.
187

Page 188

Working with Local Government
Ensure national planning policy set out in
National Planning Framework 4 in relation to
climate change adaptation and mitigation,
reducing inequalities and improving the quality
of places is embedded in decision making
process for planning applications and the
preparation of the South Lanarkshire Local
Development Plan 3. 
• Await publication of consultation by the
Scottish Government of regulations and
guidance on Masterplan Consent Areas
and Compulsory Purchase Orders and a
review of permitted development rights.
• Ensure Local Development Plan 3 helps to
deliver place-based investment and
community-led regeneration and support
the key themes of affordable housing
provision, climate change adaptation and
creation of new green infrastructure.
Report LDP3 evidence report to Full Council in
quarter three 2024-25 prior to submission to
Scottish Ministers for gatecheck. 
Adoption of LDP3 by end 2027.
Agree and implement vacant and derelict /
contaminated land programme.
• Implement projects approved within the
Vacant and Derelict Land Fund framework
agreed for 2023-24.
Reported to Community and Enterprise
Resources Committee at quarter two and
quarter four as part of resource and service
planning. 
188

Page 189

Supporting small businesses
• Work with Local Government and our agencies to transform the way we support small businesses, improving the way we collect and hold
data about businesses across the public sector so we can target support better and make it easier for businesses across Scotland to access
the support available to them. 
Focus Actions Timeline and reporting
Prioritise business development advice,
support and financial assistance to ensure
businesses are able to continue to operate,
whilst creating the right conditions for low
carbon economic growth. 
• Deliver programmes, services, and events
to businesses around sectors, location,
and themes (e.g., food and drink, tourism,
construction, low carbon, innovation,
internationalisation, collaboration, and
young enterprise)
• Manage the Supplier Development
Programme to deliver events, training and
e-commerce support to SME’s or third
sector organisations who are interested in
working with the public sector.
Reported to Community and Enterprise
Resources Committee at quarter two and
quarter four as part of resource and service
planning.
Through SLAED, the Scottish Government
have asked all local authority Economic
Development teams to provide intelligence
and any feedback received from businesses
around the current economic challenges and
increasing costs of doing business. 
• All Economic Development, Environmental
Health and Planning Officers have been
asked to contribute any information
collected through enquiries or other
awareness of businesses having
expressed their views and any issues
around the increasing costs of doing
business. This exercise is undertaken
weekly.
Weekly returns to Scottish Government on a
template which has been supplied to us.  The
intention is that these responses will help
shape the Scottish Government response. 
The feedback will be collated by SLAED into a
Situation Report and provided to the SGoRR
(Scottish Government). 
189

Page 190

Supporting entrepreneurship and innovation
• Make it easier for everyone to start and scale a business in Scotland by delivering the vision of the Pathways Report by Ana Stewart and
Mark Logan, with the launch of new pre-start centres and pop-ups designed to encourage women and other under-represented groups to
become entrepreneurs and get the support they need to access funding and advice. 
• Support the development of globally competitive clusters of businesses in high-value sectors such as energy transition, health and life
sciences, advanced manufacturing, and the application of data and digital technologies through our Cluster Development Programme, as
well as simplifying access to innovation funding and ring-fencing a significant proportion of public sector innovation funding for key sectors. 
• Undertake an independent review of how we maximise the potential of employee-owned cooperatives and social enterprises and ensure
that social entrepreneurs play a key part in the growth of Scotland as a Start-Up Nation. 
Focus Actions Timeline and reporting
Prioritise business development advice,
support and financial assistance to ensure
businesses are able to continue to operate,
whilst creating the right conditions for low
carbon economic growth.
• Deliver programmes, services, and events
to businesses around sectors, location,
and themes (e.g., food and drink, tourism,
construction, low carbon, innovation,
internationalisation, collaboration, and
young enterprise).
• Manage the Supplier Development
Programme to deliver events, training and
e-commerce support to SME’s or third
sector organisations who are interested in
working with the public sector.
• Work with experts across Business
Gateway and Scottish Enterprise to
support and facilitate new business start-
up and retention.
Ongoing programme of activity with annual
update report to committee.
190

Page 191

Supporting entrepreneurship and innovation
Champion the social enterprise sector and
invest in start-up and growth of our local social
enterprise. 
• Following approval of the new Social
Enterprise Strategy by Community and
Enterprise Resources Committee in May
2023 a range of measures and
programmes have been put in place,
working with partners, to support
organisations across the sector.
Ongoing programme of activity with annual
update report to committee. 
Green growth and energy
• Develop a Green Industrial Strategy, setting out how we will help businesses and investors to realise the enormous economic opportunities
of the global transition to net zero and create good, well-paid jobs across Scotland in sectors such as offshore wind and hydrogen, and
support the development of sectoral Just Transition Plans. 
Focus Actions Timeline and reporting
Work with public and private sector partners to
identify and secure investment opportunities
focussed on the development of sustainable
business space with a focus on the green
economy and jobs. 
• Apply for funding from the Scottish
government to deliver key projects which
maximise the potential of business
property.
• Work with industry, education and training
agencies to maximise the potential
employment opportunities across the
sector.
• Work with experts and delivery partners to
explore the potential to further support and
grow the economy in South Lanarkshire
supporting the renewables sector.
Ongoing
191

Page 192

Green growth and energy
• Explore inward investment opportunities
and maximise the potential to secure
these in South Lanarkshire.
Income generating projects will be scoped
across all council Resources to identify viable
projects with a focus on green initiatives.
• Liaise with all council Resources, third
parties and funders to identify new
opportunities for generating income and
consider a risk analysis of each
opportunity.
Ongoing 
Thriving local and regional economies
• Support regional empowerment and growth by acting on the recommendations of the Regional Economic Policy Review and working with
Local Government and other partners to develop Scotland’s network of Regional Economic Partnerships, supporting our rural and island
businesses, including tourism, and communities in particular.  
• Transfer lead responsibility and new investment for a comprehensive masterplan for the Clyde Mission to Glasgow City Region and Argyll
and Bute. 
• Continue to empower all of Scotland’s regions, and further develop this by considering Glasgow City Region’s ambitions to create a
metropolitan region and Edinburgh’s Regional Economic Prosperity Framework, as a precursor to similar discussions with all regional
economic partnerships across the country. 
Focus Actions Timeline and reporting
Promote sustainable economic development
across South Lanarkshire. 
• Prepare an annual progress report for
Community and Enterprise Resources
Committee, demonstrating the impact of
the South Lanarkshire Economic Strategy
(2022-2027).
Reported to Community and Enterprise
Resources Committee at quarter two and
quarter four as part of resource and service
planning.
192

Page 193

Thriving local and regional economies
Review the remit, membership and
effectiveness of the existing Lanarkshire
Economic Forum.
• Review the original scope and
membership of the Lanarkshire Economic
Forum, together with the outputs of the
Forum since establishment in 2020.
• Continue to attend the City Region
Economic Delivery Group (EDG) to
discuss economic strategy at a South
Lanarkshire and City Region level.
Reported to Community and Enterprise
Resources Committee at quarter two and
quarter four as part of resource and service
planning.
Positively enhance the benefits of tourism
across South Lanarkshire by delivering the
very best for our visitors, our businesses, our
people, our communities, and our
environment. 
• Prepare an annual progress report for
Community and Enterprise Resources
Committee, demonstrating the impact of
the South Lanarkshire Tourism Strategy
(2022-2025).
Reported to Community and Enterprise
Resources Committee at quarter two and
quarter four as part of resource and service
planning.
Consult with community organisations and
develop a Rural Action Plan maximising
existing and future funding through
Community Led Local Development and
Renewable Energy Fund.
• Finalise the Rural Action Plan and report
to Rural Task Force in November 2023.
Reported to Community and Enterprise
Resources Committee at quarter two and
quarter four as part of resource and service
planning.
Provide road and transportation infrastructure
improvements to support new developments
including those undertaken as part of the City
Deal 
• Progress continuing in relation to the
development of the Outline Business Case
for the Stewartfield Way Sustainable
Transport Capacity Enhancement Project.
• Other infrastructure improvements are
close to completion and being progressed
including Greenhills Dualling, A72 junction
7 and junction improvements associated
Delivery programme for Stewartfield Way is
being reviewed, with reporting via the
Council’s Executive Committee and City Deal
Cabinet during Spring / Summer 2024. 
Reporting on progress will be via standard
capital finance and Service Plan reports to
Committee.
193

Page 194

Thriving local and regional economies
with Hamilton Community Growth Area
(CGA). 
Population health
• Take action to reduce vaping among non-smokers and young people and to tackle the environmental impact of single-use vapes, including
consulting on a proposal to ban their sale and other appropriate measures. 
Focus Actions Timeline and reporting
Business compliance in relation to the
distribution and sale of vaping products.
• Education and awareness visits to
retailers by Environmental Health and
Trading Standards Officers making them
aware of statutory requirements regarding
the sale of vaping products. Follow up test
purchase visits and formal action taken on
non-compliance. 21 Fixed Penalty Notices
issued on 2023-24 to date.
Ongoing in 2023-24 and into 2024-25 as
resources allow.  Included in regular report on
Resource and Service Plan performance.
(Quarterly). 
194

Page 195

Sport
• Convene a working group, including representatives from COSLA, sportscotland and sporting and community organisations, to explore how
community access to facilities, such as schools, can be maximised and enhanced, and identify areas of best practice across the country. 
Focus Actions Timeline and reporting
Similar to other local authorities, South
Lanarkshire Council has an aging leisure and
culture estate with a limited lifespan. Both
SLLC and the Council are facing
unprecedented challenges in relation to
budgets, hence the requirement for the
Council’s area-based review of all its leisure
and culture assets. 
As part of this, the Council is exploring options
for the co-location of leisure and cultural
facilities where possible and engage with
groups who currently use the facilities to help
relocate them elsewhere e.g. within the school
estate.
• Complete the SLC led leisure and culture
property asset review.
Special Committee meeting (to agree asset
review proposals) 28th November 2023. 
195

Page 196

Supporting and collaborating with the Third Sector
• As part of our commitment to support the third sector with Fairer Funding we will produce a plan to deliver improvements including greater
clarity and consistency of existing arrangements, recognising the sector’s strategic role in enabling the transformation and delivery of
person-centred services for the people of Scotland. 
Focus Actions Timeline and reporting
Administration of Community Benefit Funds
and other funds such as Community Led local
Development, Smarter Choices Smarter
Places, UK Shared Prosperity Fund for the
third sector to access. Also working with the
third sector to access funds such as
Regeneration Capital Grants. 
• Review and refresh the rules and focus of
the REF Community Benefit fund to
increase access and strategic impact of
the fund.
Report to the Community and Enterprise
Resources Committee in February 2024,
implemented from April 2024.
Deliver on the Social Enterprise Strategy. • Champion the social enterprise sector and
provide support and grants to our local
social enterprise sector.
Ongoing 
196

Page 197

Climate change and adaptation
• Grow our national network of regional Community Climate Action Hubs, supporting local communities to develop place-based approaches to
reduce emissions and become more climate resilient. 
• Prepare for the consequences of global climate change by publishing a new Climate Change Adaptation Programme and consulting on
Scotland’s first Strategy for Flood Resilience. 
Focus Actions Timeline and reporting
Empower communities to take climate action
and be more environmentally sustainable. 
• Develop a public engagement plan for
climate change and sustainability which
supplements the Council’s existing
community engagement activity and
promotes Community Climate Action hubs
and initiatives in the area.
Report progress at quarter two and quarter
four to Climate Change and Sustainability
Committee.
Benchmark the Council against the Adaptation
Scotland Capability Assessment. 
• Undertake a capability assessment to
understand the Council’s status and to
identify gaps and areas for improvement
by March 2024.
Report progress at quarter two and quarter
four to Climate Change and Sustainability
Committee.
Lead by example and influence area-wide
climate change and sustainability action. 
• Implement the Sustainable Development
and Climate Change Strategy (2022-2027)
Action Plan, and report progress at quarter
two and quarter four to Climate Change
and Sustainability Committee.
Report progress at quarter two and quarter
four to Climate Change and Sustainability
Committee.
Create the conditions for the decarbonisation
of the council’s fleet.
• Implement and review the Fleet Strategy
(2020-2025) Action Plan including a
reduction in transport related emissions,
conversion of fossil fuelled small fleet to
full electric and the trialling of new fuel
option for the medium to heavy fleet.
Reporting on progress will be via standard
Service Plan reports to Committee or to the
Climate Change and Sustainability
Committee.
197

Page 198

Climate change and adaptation
Deliver new and improved low carbon vehicle
charging infrastructure. 
• Maintain, manage, and expand public
infrastructure points / hubs in line with
available internal and external funding
sources.
• In conjunction with other City Region Local
Authorities, progress Electric Vehicle
Strategy and Expansion Plan.
Reporting on progress will be via standard
Service Plan reports to Committee or to the
Climate Change and Sustainability
Committee. 
Progress also reported via City Region
Reporting Framework and to relevant Council
Committees as required.
Manage flooding priorities and consider
prioritised flood protection schemes.
• Develop prioritised flood protection
projects / studies in line with available
capital and revenue funding and by
working with communities.
• Respond and input to consultation on
Scotland’s first Strategy for Flood
Resilience. 
Reporting on progress will be via standard
Service Plan reports to Committee or to the
Climate Change and Sustainability
Committee. 
Just transition
• Publish the final Energy Strategy and Just Transition Plan and deliver Just Transition Plans for Built Environment and Construction, Land
Use and Agriculture, and Transport, as well as a site Just Transition Plan for Grangemouth. 
Focus Actions Timeline and reporting
Progress climate justice and ensure the
transition to net-zero by 2045 does not
exacerbate poverty or inequalities. 
• PHD student from Glasgow Caledonian
University Centre for Climate Justice is in
the process of undertaking a study to
assess the impact of climate change on
South Lanarkshire Communities.
Report progress at quarter two and quarter
four to Climate Change and Sustainability
Committee. 
198

Page 199

Nature
• Publish Scotland’s Biodiversity Strategy and first five-year delivery plan and build on the international engagement undertaken in developing
the Edinburgh Declaration adopted at COP15. 
• Prepare for the introduction of the Natural Environment Bill to Parliament by consulting on the establishment of statutory nature recovery
targets, our commitment to protect 30% of Scotland’s land and sea for nature by 2030, and modernising National Parks legislation,
alongside continuing work to designate a new National Park within this Parliamentary term. 
• Continue to protect and restore our natural environment on land and at sea through our commitment to invest £500 million in our natural
environment to drive landscape scale change, including through our £65 million Nature Restoration Fund and through new financial support
for Nature Networks. 
Focus Actions Timeline and reporting
Protect, enhance and respect South
Lanarkshire’s natural environment. 
• Develop a new Biodiversity Strategy
(2024-2030) and Biodiversity
Implementation Plan (2024-2026). These
will be informed by Scotland’s Biodiversity
Strategy.
Reported at quarter two and quarter four to
Climate Change and Sustainability
Committee.
• The Council’s Biodiversity Strategy (2024-
2030) and Biodiversity Implementation
Plan (2024-2026) will form a framework for
incorporating relevant statutory targets
stemming from the Natural Environment
Bill and will form a framework for
identifying the Nature Network for South
Lanarkshire. The Nature Network will be
formally defined in the future Local
Development Plan 3.
Reporting to Climate Change and
Sustainability Committee in quarter four.
• Community and Enterprise Resources
Nature Restoration Programme funded
through the annual Scottish Government
Nature Restoration Fund.
Future report to Climate Change and
Sustainability Committee. 
199

Page 200

Circular economy
• Drive a transition to a circular economy through supporting the Circular Economy Bill. 
• Work with businesses to develop plans for the delivery of the Deposit Return Scheme from 2025, subject to UK Government legislation,
recognising that the UK Government has prevented Scotland’s scheme from progressing as agreed by the Scottish Parliament. 
• Set out priority actions for our waste and recycling targets by publishing a final Circular Economy and Waste Route Map and deliver the new
National Litter and Flytipping Strategy’s Year One action plan. 
Focus Actions Timeline and reporting
Support a circular economy by re-using,
recycling and generating energy from the
waste we manage. 
• Commence a review of the waste service
during 2023-24 that will incorporate the
impact of the Deposit Return Scheme.
The Waste Review is ongoing and is on target
for completion within the agreed timescales.
Phase 1 – Household Waste Recycling Centre
Sites (HWRC) is complete and the new
contract for the management and operation of
HWRCs is currently being evaluated. 
In terms of the other Phases (Infrastructure
and Kerbside Collection Services), several key
pieces of work have already been completed
including a Waste Compositional Analysis.   
It should be noted that the future of the
Deposit Return Scheme is uncertain in terms
of both implementation date and scope but the
current date for implementation is October
2025, meaning this aspect of the review will be
postponed until 2024-25
200

Page 201

Circular economy
To make South Lanarkshire a cleaner place to
live, work and visit, free of litter, fly-tipping and
dog waste. 
• Prepare an annual progress report for the
Climate Change and Sustainability
Committee in September 2023
demonstrating the impact of the Litter
Strategy (2022-2027).
• Litter Strategy Steering Group established
with a variety of departments taking part,
meeting every two months.
• Litter Strategy Action Plan has been
developed through this group with actions
categorised under Education,
Engagement and Enforcement.
Annual reporting to Climate Change and
Sustainability Committee. Last reported
September 2023.
Engage with national stakeholders and
provide best practice opportunities and ideas
from other local authorities.
• Attend APSE Litter Managers Network to
discuss issues, initiatives and best
practice opportunities.
• Attend the meetings on the National Litter
and Flytipping Strategy chaired by the
partners.
The Litter Managers Network meet quarterly. 
Meetings on National Litter and Flytipping
Strategy occur on an ad hoc basis depending
on the needs of the Strategy, Action Plan and
partners. 
201

Page 202

Transport
• Implement the Active Travel Transformation Project to help realise our commitment to £320 million in active travel investment in future
budgets and continue the roll out of 20 miles per hour speed limits in built up areas, supporting physical and mental wellbeing as well as
safety and emissions reduction. 
• Lay secondary legislation before the end of this year, to enable bus franchising and partnership options to be developed, providing even
more powers to Councils. 
Focus Actions Timeline and reporting
Produce a new Local Transport Strategy for
South Lanarkshire to support the National and
Regional Transport Strategy as well as the
provisions, where appropriate, of the
Transport Scotland Act.
• Draft Local Transport Strategy to be
presented to Committee by Spring 2024.
Presented to Committee by Spring 2024.
Encourage active travel by extending our
network of walking and cycling routes. 
• Deliver walking and cycling projects/
schemes in line with agreed 2023-24
capital programme and to support safe
route priorities.
• Progress and develop Active Travel
Studies across South Lanarkshire.
Reporting on progress will be via standard
capital finance and Service Plan reports to
Committee.
Consider the opportunities arising from
emerging legislation / Transport Act powers in
relation to bus services. 
• Work with SPT to explore opportunities in
more detail including development of the
Strathclyde Regional Bus Strategy. 
Progress reported via SPT and relevant
Council Committees as required.
Consider the introduction of 20mph limits
across South Lanarkshire and work with
SCOTS and Transport Scotland.
• Undertake assessment of 30mph roads for
suitability for 20mph and consider
outcomes of assessment and outline
potential implementation programme.
Reporting on progress will be via Road Safety
Forum and relevant Council Committee as
necessary. 
202

Page 203

Culture and major events
• Publish, and begin implementing our Culture Strategy Action Plan Refresh, to support the recovery and renewal of the culture sector with a
focus on empowering individuals and communities to further develop their own cultural activity, supporting them to do so by identifying and
removing barriers to access, championing the economic impact of culture, in particular within the context of community wealth building and
creative placemaking, and developing a long term strategic approach to skills and careers in the sector. 
Focus Actions Timeline and reporting
Improve health and wellbeing by offering attractive
and affordable leisure and cultural activities
delivered with warmth, friendliness and individual
pride (SLLC Mission).
• Implement the South Lanarkshire Leisure
and Culture Strategy (2022-2027), monitor
impact on a quarterly basis via the four
SLLC Strategy Implementation Groups,
and report on progress twice per year to
the Community and Enterprise Resources
Committee.
Reported to Community and Enterprise
Resources Committee at quarter two and
quarter four as part of resource and service
planning. 
203

Page 204

EDUCATION RESOURCES 
Supporting children and young people
• Work with Local Government and other partners to develop the local infrastructure and services needed to provide childcare from nine
months to the end of primary school in specific communities in six local authority areas. 
• Through this community-based approach, test a new digital service to help parents and carers find, access and pay for childcare that best
suits their needs, laying the foundations to transform the childcare system in the longer-term in a way that empowers parents and supports
greater choice. 
• Provide funding to uplift pay in the PVI sector to £12 per hour for those delivering funded Early Learning and Childcare – this action is
needed now to support effective recruitment and retention of staff working in the sector. 
• Scale up innovative pilots for recruiting and retaining childminders to grow that essential part of the workforce by 1,000 more. 
• Work with local authority and other sectoral partners to phase in an expanded national offer for families with two-year-olds, focused on those
who will benefit most. This will build on the foundations of the existing 1140 programme, which makes high quality early learning and
childcare available to around a quarter of families with two-year-olds on the lowest incomes. 
Focus Actions Timeline and reporting
Expand the provision of early learning and
childcare (1140 hours) to meet the needs of
vulnerable children, families and those in
work, learning and training.
• Over 7,500 children and their families are
benefitting from this local community-
based provision.
• The Council approved early access for 3 year
olds in March 2019 and this came into effect in
August 2019 – Free for children when they
reach their 3rd birthday.
• The total capital expenditure for the expansion
to 1,140 hours was £36.1 million. For
2023/2024, the Council received Scottish
Government revenue grant funding for the
provision of 1,140 hours of £32.8 million.
Progress in this area is monitored through the
council’s quarterly performance review
system, Improve and in separate reports to
Council committees. 
A recent report (June 2023) by the Accounts
Commission reported on the progress made
and identified potential risks going forward.
Any future further expansion plans will require
to be fully funded,
204

Page 205

Effective recruitment and retention of staff
working in the early learning and childcare
sector.
• Investment in high quality trained staff is a
core feature of the early years and
childcare strategy with recruitment and
retention being a dynamic and changing
landscape.
Progress in this area is monitored through
regular workforce review meetings and
updates to respective council committees. 
Reforming our education and skills system
• Set out plans for implementing reform of our education and skills bodies and put the voices of children, young people, and adult learners at
their core, including responding to the recommendations of the Independent Review of Qualifications and Assessment by Professor
Hayward, the National Discussion on Education and the Independent Review of the Skills Delivery Landscape by James Withers, and the
priorities arising from ‘Purpose and Principles for Post-School Education, Skills and Research’. 
• Recruit an interim HM Chief Inspector who will play a critical role in driving quality improvement, providing strategic guidance and leadership
to education inspection as part of a reform agenda. 
Focus Actions Timeline and reporting
Recommendations from the Independent 
Review of Qualifications and Assessment
(June 2023) advised of the introduction of a 
Scottish Diploma of Achievement (SDA) with 
three elements: 
 Personal Pathway 
 Programmes of Learning 
 Project Learning 
• A consultation is on-going to ascertain the
views of stakeholders across the country
on the new qualifications and assessment
model.
Local Authorities continue to consider the
implications of the Hayward report, noting that
the timeline for change has yet to be agreed. 
Investing in our schools
• Continue to support schools and local authorities to improve the attainment of children and young people impacted by poverty through our
investment in the School Attainment Challenge, with a particular focus on literacy and numeracy – a progress update on ambitious local
stretch aims will be published later this year. 
205

Page 206

• Support our teaching profession by delivering the historic pay deal for teachers, which has a cumulative value of 14.6% over 28 months, and
work with our partners on a joint campaign to promote teaching as a highly rewarding career with the opportunity to make a difference to the
lives of children and young people, improving recruitment and retention and attracting more high quality individuals into teaching in areas
where they are most needed. 
• Continue to support reductions in the cost of the school day by funding the removal of core curriculum charges and continue to uplift the
school clothing grant by inflation in 2024-25, which will mean that the value of the grant will increase again for the beginning of the next
academic year. 
• Work with COSLA in the coming year to prepare schools and infrastructure for the expansion of universal free school meal provision to
Primary 6 and Primary 7 pupils during 2026, starting with those in receipt of the Scottish Child Payment and work with local authorities to
ensure that school meals meet the highest standards of nutrition, recognising that this is vital to our children’s effective learning. 
• Improve experiences and outcomes for children and young people with additional support needs by working with teachers to provide
additional professional learning opportunities, continuing to support direct provision of services, and implementing and seeking to build on
the Additional Support for Learning Action Plan. 
• Continue to invest in our school estate in partnership with local authorities through the Learning Estate Investment Programme, which will
provide new, modern, state of the art learning environments. 
• Develop a digital strategy to help ensure digital provision supports the wider aims of the education system. 
• Implement the strengthened Learning for Sustainability Action Plan and as part of this ensure that all young people have the opportunity to
learn about the causes and effects of climate change, the role we can all play in preventing it, and the importance of climate justice. 
• Further advance inclusive education in our schools through our Anti-Racism in Education Programme which will continue to embed anti-
racist practice and principles in initial and ongoing professional development for teachers and educators, including the promotion of a
decolonised curriculum which reflects diversity, social justice and Scotland’s role in trans-Atlantic enslavement, as well as the development
of robust measures for tackling racist incidents in schools. 
• Publish a national framework to better support schools in tackling gender-based violence and sexual harassment, part of wider work to help
ensure schools are safe spaces for all. 
• Use the latest iteration of our Behaviour in Scottish Schools research to understand the ongoing impacts of COVID-19 on school culture,
relationships, behaviour, and attendance, and work with local and national partners to ensure appropriate support is in place. 
Focus Actions Timeline and reporting
Continue to improve the attainment of children
and young people impacted by poverty with a
particular focus on literacy and numeracy. 
• Improving the attainment of children and
young people in literacy and numeracy
with a focus on those most affected by
Progress and updates in this area is monitored
through reports on literacy and numeracy
Curriculum for Excellence levels at Council
206

Page 207

poverty is a key feature for all schools and
services.
• Education Resources will, continue to
build on the progress identified in the
recent Triannual report 3 with a clear
emphasis on maximising this level of
funding to support poverty-related barriers
to learning and improve better outcomes
for children and young people.
• Increased monitoring and tracking of Care
Experienced targeted learners to identify
and measure the impact on attainment.
Committees, and in other reports such as the
Standards and Quality report. 
A national based progress update on ambitious
local stretch aims will be published later this year. 
Support reductions in the cost of the school
day and continue to make automatic uplift of
the school clothing grant for eligible families.
• Cost of the School Day is a core plus
measure with all South Lanarkshire
schools moving from a Position Statement
on Cost of the School Day to a school
Policy document to be available on school
websites
Progress and updates in this area is
monitored through reports to committee and
through the actions of individual schools to
reduce the cost of the school day,
Work with COSLA in the coming year to
prepare schools and infrastructure for the
expansion of universal free school meal
provision to Primary 6 and Primary 7 pupils
during 2026
• All P6s and P7s to receive free school
meals in line with Scottish Government
timescales.
• Infrastructure review and assessment of
capacity to deliver this target is currently
on-going.
No official date had been agreed by Scottish
Government for the extension of Universal
Free School meals for Primary 6 and 7.
Awaiting update and funding.
On-going scoping exercise to assess
infrastructure and operational costs. 
Improve experiences and outcomes for
children and young people with additional
support needs by working with teachers to
provide additional professional learning
opportunities, continuing to support direct
provision of services, and implementing and
seeking to build on the Additional Support for
Learning Action Plan.
• On-going – actions taken to implement the
recommendations from the Additional
Support for Learning Action Plan to
improve and effectively deliver additional
support for learning for children and young
people.
Progress and updates in this area is
monitored and reported on at quarter 2 and
quarter 4. 
207

Page 208

Develop a digital strategy to help ensure
digital provision supports the wider aims of the
education system. 
• Investment made in providing a ‘digital
technology managed service’ creating time
for teachers to teach and to develop the
skills and knowledge of children and
young people.
Progress and updates in this area is
monitored and reported on at quarter 2 and
quarter 4.
Implement the strengthened Learning for
Sustainability Action Plan and as part of this
ensure that all young people have the
opportunity to learn about the causes and
effects of climate change, the role we can all
play in preventing it, and the importance of
climate justice. 
• Education Resources has identified
‘climate change and sustainability’ as a
core priority in its Resource Plan.
• A core priority identified by children and
young people and features in the Youth
Strategy Improvement Plan.
The voice of young people is at the heart of
our improvement planning process in taking
this action forward.
Progress and updates in this area is
monitored and reported on at quarter 2 and
quarter 4.
Further advance inclusive education in our
schools through our Anti-Racism in Education
Programme which will continue to embed anti-
racist practice and principles in initial and
ongoing professional development for
teachers and educators, including the
promotion of a decolonised curriculum which
reflects diversity, social justice and Scotland’s
role in trans-Atlantic enslavement, as well as
the development of robust measures for
tackling racist incidents in schools. 
• The Equalities agenda is and continues to
be on the radar for schools and
educational settings through the
curriculum. UNICEF Right’s Respecting
Schools award and LGBTi education,
tackling racist incidents all feature as on-
going professional development activities.
On-going monitoring by schools and
educational settings.  Progress and updates in
this area is monitored and reported on at
quarter 2 and quarter 4. 
Publish a national framework to better support
schools in tackling gender-based violence and
sexual harassment, part of wider work to help
ensure schools are safe spaces for all. 
• The publication of a national framework is
to be welcomed.
• SLC Attachment strategy in place.
On-going review. 
Use the latest iteration of our Behaviour in
Scottish Schools research to understand the
ongoing impacts of COVID-19 on school
culture, relationships, behaviour, and
attendance, and work with local and national
partners to ensure appropriate support is in
place. 
• Education Resources is firmly committed
to supporting children and young people
overcome the impact of Covid-19 and any
disadvantage which arises as a result of
poverty and to ensure appropriate support
is in place.
Evidence based data and research will be
used to assess and monitor areas of good
practice and areas for action.
208

Page 209

FINANCE AND CORPORATE RESOURCES 
Sustainable Scottish public finances
• Deliver the commitment made in the Medium Term Financial Strategy to review opportunities for more effective targeting of existing
provision and services to support those who need it most, and reflect these in the Draft Budget. 
• Further to the consultation on changes to the Council Tax treatment of second homes which closed in July, we will take initial steps to
increase the levers available to councils by delivering secondary legislation – enabling councils to apply up to a 100% premium on Council
Tax rates for second homes, and continue to discuss other options with Local Government based on the analysis of responses. 
• Continue to deliver a fair and affordable Non-Domestic Rates package in the Budget, taking account of the engagement with businesses,
through the New Deal for Business, and with Local Government. 
Focus Actions Timeline and reporting
Work to get agreement on balanced budgets
to deliver council outcomes
• Continue to engage through Cosla and
officer groups to influence spending
decisions .  
Ongoing throughout remainder of 2023/24 
Increase income from council tax • Subject to legislation, prepare proposal for
elected member consideration on the
surcharge on second homes
Subject to legislative timetable 
Public Service Reform
• Commence the Four Day Working Week public sector pilot by the end of this calendar year, to assess the wellbeing, environmental, and
productivity benefits the Four Day Working Week could bring. 
• Focus on service delivery and leadership skills, continuing to work closely with public bodies on our public service reform programme –
helping to ensure their work remains affordable in 2024-25 and sustainable in future years, while improving outcomes, reducing inequalities,
and preventing harm. 
• Maximise the impact of public procurement through progressive procurement policy and practice as a key pillar of our Community Wealth
Building approach – working closely with public, private, and third sector partners – driving consistency of application, leveraging
collaborative buying power, and promoting opportunities to advance sustainability, including climate action, Fair Work, and community
benefits through public supply chains. 
209

Page 210

• Deliver a framework for digital service transformation with a focus on end-to-end services, including work to catalogue assets available
across the public sector, and continue the roll out and development of digital identity, payment and cloud services, and other common
components – working closely with Local Government partners to deliver, as well as to share best practice. 
• Complete the Democracy Matters national conversation and use the findings to agree new arrangements for inclusive decision making in
our towns, villages, and neighbourhoods. 
• Review the Community Empowerment (Scotland) Act 2015 to ensure it is fit for purpose, explore how communities can be further
empowered, and improve community planning (covered by Part 2 of the Act) to support the shared ambitions within the Verity House
Agreement. 
• Support local partners to embed and expand person-centred service change by working to share and scale the approach of pathfinder
projects in Glasgow and Dundee in other areas of Scotland, helping to support families out of poverty by testing innovative models through
targeted local approaches, anchored by place-based principles. 
Focus Actions Timeline and reporting
Four Day Working Week  • Continue 4 day working week pilot as per
the Scottish Government Public Sector
Pay Policy 2022 on the basis of
condensing the working week, 100% of
pay for 100% of time.
• Continue to promote the right to
disconnect council initiative.
Evaluation of the 4 day working week will take
place in June 2024, 12 months after its launch 
Evaluation of the right to disconnect, will take
place in June 2024, 12 months after its launch
Maximise the impact of public procurement
through progressive procurement policy and
practice as a key pillar of our Community
Wealth Building approach 
promoting opportunities to advance
sustainability, including climate action, Fair
Work, and community benefits through public
supply chains
•  CWB Action Plan in place across all
pillars, including spend 
• Sustainable procurement duty embedded
in regulated tenders. New approach to
sustainable scoring, incorporating Fair
Work, Community Benefits and climate
impacts in place from June 2023.
Updates on CWB Action Plan reported to
CWB Commission quarterly 
Update on SDCC Action Plan reported
quarterly. Outcomes on Sustainable
Procurement duty included in Annual
Procurement Report.  
Develop the Community Wish List launched in
2023 to continue to match community needs
and aspirations to the support and corporate
social aims of local businesses in our supply
chain.
• Identify and automate the workflow for the
wish process.
• Pilot the monitoring and impact processes 
Quarterly reporting to CWB Commission 
210

Page 211

• Identify the value of the service to
communities and suppliers
Complete local ‘Let’s Talk Democracy’ public
engagement programme identifying a South
Lanarkshire viewpoint on local democratic
reform.
• Continue to undertake pro-active outreach
‘conversations’ with a range of
demographic groups and encourage
completion of survey. 
• Draft Engagement Report 
• Share report across CPP Partnership and
develop action/improvement plans to
agree and take forward findings.
• Mapping of local community and third
sector partnerships and networks to
ensure all current community/public sector
touch points are included in any review of
democratic process.
Draft Engagement Report to CMT (Nov-Dec
2024)
Engagement report to CPP by email. (Dec
2024)
Submit report to Scottish Government
‘Democracy Matters’ engagement programme
(Feb 2024)
Publish report on CPP Website.
Ensure the South Lanarkshire CPP is pro-
actively informing, participating, and
implementing the review of the Community
Empowerment Act and is aware of and
prepared for any potential changes to the
legislation that would impact on the
responsibilities of the CPP membership.
• Work across the partnership to raise
awareness of the findings and
recommendations of the Post Legislative
Review of Section 2 of the Act: Community
Planning. 
• 05 December 2023 - CPP Development
Workshop in partnership with the
Improvement Service.
• Update CPP Improvement Plan to
incorporate Empowerment Act
development workshops throughout
2024/25 programme
Update CPP Improvement Plan and Risk Plan
reported annually to CPP. 
Continue to develop Locality Community
Partnerships and their participation in the CPP
Board and structures.
• East Kilbride and Hamilton Partnership to
establish and develop.
New partnerships Established by autumn
2023 
Terms of Reference updated (Winter 2024)
Networking Event (Feb 2023)
211

Page 212

• Review terms of reference of existing
partnerships Cambuslang/Rutherglen and
Clydesdale.
• Community Partnership Networking Event 
Quarterly Reports to CPP 
Annual reports to Area Committee (Aug 2024.) 
Undertake a Review of existing Community
Planning Partnership and Council Community
Participation and Engagement Strategy(s) 
• Establish task and finishing working
group(s) and action plan to create
proposals and recommendations on
improving community participation,
engagement and collaboration in decision
making with SL public sector bodies.
• Take into account findings of Let’s Talk
Democracy and the SG Democracy
Matter’s reports once available. 
Working group established (Spring-Summer
2024)
Action Plan developed within 2 months
(Autumn 2024) 
Work with the CPP Outcomes Group and
Child Poverty Working Group to pilot small
scale Whole Systems working approaches to
one service anchored in a place or a
population demographic-  drawing from the
learning of the Dundee and Glasgow
Pathfinders. 
• Application to Child Poverty Accelerator
Fund to develop whole systems change to
supporting families with Children with
Disability. (Sept 2023)
• Whole Systems Working pilots agreed by
outcome group (Oct 2023) 
• Development Workshop for pilot planning
(Dec 2023) 
• Approvals for plan sought from CPP Board
and respective partners (March 2024) 
Application Sept 2023- awaiting response. 
CPP Outcomes Group agree pilot projects Oct
2023 
Improvement Service Supported Whole
systems planning Workshop Dec 2023 
Reports to CMT Feb 2024, report to CPP
March 24.   
Working with Local Government
• Progress our shared programme of work with COSLA under the Verity House Agreement, in particular a revised Fiscal Framework between
the Scottish Government and Local Government. 
212

Page 213

• Support Mark Ruskell MSP with the reconsideration of the European Charter of Local Self Government Incorporation (Scotland) Bill, as
committed to in the Verity House Agreement. 
• Continue the Joint Working Group on sources of Local Government funding, to identify further options for reforms to Council Tax, and to
explore other potential revenue raising levers which deliver greater flexibility over financial arrangements, improve accountability for the
delivery of national priorities, including net zero objectives, whilst ensuring maximum value for money, and continue progressing the Visitor
Levy Bill to further deliver these aims, subject to parliamentary process. 
• Work with public sector anchor organisations, Local Government, the third sector, and businesses to develop legislative proposals and other
actions to support Community Wealth Building, with sustainable business growth and high quality jobs in communities across Scotland. 
• Consider the recommendations on councillor remuneration, expected to be provided in late 2023 by the Scottish Local Authority
Remuneration Committee, with a view to considering how these can improve diversity across elected members. 
Focus Actions Timeline and reporting
Focus on maximising the councils funding to
benefit financial strategies going forwards. 
• Continue to engage through Cosla and
officer groups to contribute towards Fiscal
Framework discussions and on Local
Government funding opportunities 
Ongoing throughout remainder of 2023/24 
Identify further options for reforms to Council
Tax
• Responding to consultations on potential
changes to council tax
During 2023/24
Continue progressing the Visitor Levy Bill • Responded to consultation on introduction
of visitor levy
During 2023/24
Responding to national developments in
support of Community Wealth Building
• Annual refresh of the CWB action plan
which supports the CWB strategy, to
ensure it remains abreast of latest
developments
• Contribute to any consultations and
participate in national conversations and
learning around CWB
Reported through the CWB Commission 
213

Page 214

Equalities
• Continue to deliver support to our most fragile communities through our £9 million Investing in Communities Fund, which prioritises key
areas tackling poverty and inequality, including child poverty, community-led regeneration, and supporting a just transition to net zero. 
Focus Actions Timeline and reporting
Provide Council input into the Investing
Communities Fund Application process when
requested by SG.
• Create internal Short Life Task Group to
review applications and make
recommendations to SG that support
locally identified priorities and needs as
identified in Neighbourhood Plans, Child
Poverty Statement of Commitment and
makes best use of the investment in our
local communities to achieve their
identified priorities and aims.
Guided by Scottish Government Fund
timescales. 
Supporting small businesses
• Build on the work of the New Deal for Business Group in relation to Non-Domestic Rates and invite the views of members on priorities,
alongside the considerations of the Tax Advisory Group, to inform decisions in the Budget. 
• Work with business to maintain and improve prompt payment in public supply chains. 
Focus Actions Timeline and reporting
Prompt payment in supply chains • All regulated contracts sign prompt
payment certificate for subcontractors and
supply chain. 
Council’s prompt payment performance
reported quarterly. 
Delivering Fair Work for all
• Boost wages by increasing the number of employers who pay at least the Real Living Wage including through Fair Work conditionality for
grants, introducing sectoral Fair Work agreements, and improving outcomes by delivering the Fair Work Action Plan. 
214

Page 215

• Work alongside business, Local Government and the third sector to deliver person-centred employability support, helping those who face
barriers to labour market participation into work, with a particular focus on parents, helping to meet our child poverty targets. 
Focus Actions Timeline and reporting
Continue to support an Employer’s Living
Wage Discount scheme offering access to
Living Wage Accreditation at 50% of the cost
of the first year of accreditation. 
• Continue to participate in the Pan-
Lanarkshire Living Wage Campaign Group
• Continue to collate and report on the
impact of the discount scheme
Quarterly reporting to the CWB Commission 
Tackling poverty
• Invest £405 million in the Scottish Child Payment this year, improving the lives of over 300,000 children across Scotland while continuing to
drive forward cross-government programmes which support the three drivers of child poverty reduction (cost of living, income from
employment and income from social security and benefits in kind) in key areas, such as parental employability, early learning and childcare,
mental health, transport, and affordable housing – building on our place-based partnership work with local authorities and local partners to
change how services are delivered. 
• Continue to invest in a package of funding for income maximisation, welfare and debt advice services, supporting at least 40,000 people
with free debt advice and increasing the accessibility of advice in education, health and community settings. 
Focus Actions Timeline and reporting
Provide financial support to low-income
households  
• Support households with the provision of
Money and Welfare Rights advice to
maximise income and provides
emergency interventions when
households present with a food and fuel
crisis.
• Increase take-up of benefits through
benefit checks
• Provide specialist support for families with
children under the age of 5 years or who
are expecting their first child, with a view
to maximising their income.
Ongoing throughout remainder of 2023/24 
215

Page 216

• Provision of crisis and community care
grants from the Scottish Welfare Fund
• Promote Council Tax Reduction to
maximise the uptake of this financial
support
• Award Discretionary Housing Payments to
mitigate hardship experienced by low-
income families in paying housing costs
Complete Neighbourhood Planning in SL
areas of most stubborn inequalities. 
• East Kilbride and Hamilton Neighbourhood
Plan development underway.
• A child poverty lens is being applied to the
East Kilbride planning process. 
• Plan rolling programme of impact
evaluation of existing neighbourhood
plans. 
Progress is reported quarterly to CPP Board
and Progress Groups and annually to Area
Committees.
Participatory Budgeting Programme in
Neighbourhood Planning Priority Areas
• Within neighbourhood planning areas, the
use of small scale PB processes
encourages participative decision making
and in some cases stakeholder groups are
developing processes for PB.
• Undertake and impact evaluation of Place
based PB.
Delivery across the year 
Reporting is carried out at regular intervals to
the CPP Board and annually to Area
Committees on results
Ensure effective delivery of tackling poverty
policy and raise awareness of the priorities
contained in the Local Child Poverty Action
Report (LCPAR) across all partner
organisations 
• Produced and published a refreshed Local
Child Poverty Action Report, Child Poverty
Commitment Statement and new Action
Plan created.
Completed September 2023 
Action Plan delivery (ongoing) 
216

Page 217

Human Rights legislation and equalities
• Introduce a landmark Human Rights Bill, and invite the Scottish Parliament to bring back the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the
Child (Incorporation) (Scotland) Bill for reconsideration stage, to deliver legislation that protects and enhances a fuller range of human rights
within the limits of devolved competence – improving the lives of those most marginalised and vulnerable in our society. 
• Publish the cross-government Non-Binary Equality Action Plan and, subject to consultation and parliamentary approval, progress the
Scottish Government’s commitment to a Bill on ending conversion practices. As the next step in delivering on this commitment, we will
publish a consultation on proposals for legislative change by the end of this calendar year. 
• Invest in a new Anti-Racism Observatory which will provide oversight and support for the Scottish Government and the public sector to
develop anti-racism approaches, so that we can continue to eradicate racism in Scotland. 
• Consult on a mainstreaming strategy, as part of our commitment to embed equality and human rights throughout government and the public
sector. 
• Publish an Immediate Priorities Plan for disabled people that recognises the disproportionate impact the cost of living crisis and the
pandemic has had on this group, setting out clear actions for change. 
Focus Actions Timeline and reporting
Contribute to the development of the Human
Rights Bill/UNCRC
• Respond to consultation requests
• Consider how the requirements of the Bill
can be implemented at a local level
• Integrate any Duties into impact
assessments
• Report progress as required by the Duties 
During 2023/24
Guided by Scottish Government/SHRC
timescales
Guided by Scottish Government/SHRC
timescales
Guided by Scottish Government/SHRC
timescales 
Implement actions outlined in the Non-Binary
Equality Action Plan at a local level
• Respond to consultation requests
• Consider how the actions in the Action
Plan can be implemented at a local level
• Involve/work with partner
organisations/local groups to develop the
local plan 
During 2023/25 
On publication of the Action Plan 
On publication of the Action Plan 
Use information available in the Anti-Racism
Observatory
• Publicise the availability of the Anti-Racism
Observatory  Once available 
217

Page 218

• Use the information in the Observatory
when developing/reviewing policies and
practices and when carrying out impact
assessments
• Consider how the information impacts on
current practices, making changes as
appropriate 
Once available 
Once available
Contribute to the development of the
mainstreaming strategy
• Respond to consultation requests
• Consider how actions in the strategy can
be implemented at a local level 
2023/24 
On publication of the Strategy 
Implement actions in the Immediate Priorities
Plan for disabled people
• Respond to consultation requests
• Consider how the actions from the national
Plan can be implemented at a local level
• Involve/work with partner
organisations/local groups to develop the
local plan
• Involve Disabled People’s Organisations in
the planning and design of policies 
2023/24 
On publication of the Action Plan 
2023/25 
2023/25 
218

Page 219

HOUSING AND TECHNICAL RESOURCES 
Working with Local Government
• Progress work to reform and modernise Compulsory Purchase Orders, starting with the appointment of an expert advisory group in 2023-24,
and implement new infrastructure levy regulations by spring 2026. 
• Continue to consider the justification for, and practical operation of, Compulsory Sales Orders.
Focus Actions Timeline and reporting
There may be increased requirement to use
CPO as a route to delivery of Town Centre
Regeneration and to deliver investment and
energy efficiency projects in mixed tenure
housing blocks.
Changes to the Infrastructure Levy regulations
may impact of the availability of land for LHS
and SHIP.
The use of CPO’s is currently complex,
requiring significant resources and legal
support to take forward. Any reform to make
the process more streamlined would be
supported. 
• Contribute to the expert advisory group
discussions on CPO through professional
forums.
• Risk assess the SHIP in light of proposed
changes in Infrastructure Levy when
known
• Review Housing Investment Programme
to identify where mixed ownership is
affecting delivery of capital programmes
and delivery of SHQS and EESSH
standards. 
Closely work with Enterprise and Sustainability
Team to identify potential future CPO
requirements.
Closely work with planning to ensure NPF4
considerations fully align with LHS and SHIP
including master planning for town centres,
individual site design and site location.
The council’s efforts to support owners of long
term empty homes to bring them back into use
would benefit from the introduction of
Compulsory Sale Orders ensuring that private
owners were not able to ‘walk away’ from
properties they had no interest in living in or
renovating. Any process introduced however
should be easy to navigate for all parties and
should avoid long drawn out timescales to
help ensure quick resolution. Additional
service and legal resources may require to be
considered should this proposal be delivered. 
219

Page 220

Preventing and ending homelessness and supplying affordable, safe homes
• Work with Local Government and stakeholders to reduce the number of people in temporary accommodation by preventing homelessness
wherever possible and, where homelessness cannot be prevented, acting quickly to move people into settled homes. 
• Continue to promote Housing First, which offers a mainstream settled tenancy and wraparound support, as the default response for people
experiencing homelessness who have multiple and complex needs, including people whose homelessness is made harder by experiences
of trauma and problem substance use. 
• Introduce the Housing Bill to create powers for the introduction of long term rent controls – creating new tenants’ rights and introduce new
duties aimed at the prevention of homelessness. 
• Invest £752 million this year through our Affordable Housing Supply Programme as we continue to support the delivery of affordable homes
to meet housing needs and our longer-term target of 110,000 affordable homes by 2032, of which at least 70% will be available for social
rent and 10% in our rural and island communities. 
• Complete a stock survey of relevant medium and high rise buildings and introduce a Cladding Remediation Bill to help safeguard
homeowners and residents by creating a new power to undertake urgent measures to remediate unsafe cladding that presents a risk to life. 
• Consider the recommendations of the short-life Housing Review Group which will be provided in the coming weeks, identifying those actions
that can be taken by local authorities to address existing housing pressures within their current powers and budget – particularly around
greater efficiency and effectiveness of resource use. 
Focus Actions Timeline and reporting
Work with Local Government and
stakeholders to reduce the number of people
in temporary accommodation by preventing
homelessness wherever possible and, where
homelessness cannot be prevented, acting
quickly to move people into settled homes.
• The lack of commitment reflects a
weakening of the previous SG position on
temporary accommodation and
homelessness.
• The reality of the situation may reflect the
significant increase in homelessness
experienced nationally and locally over the
past 18 months.
• SLC helped develop the recent SOLACE
and ALACHO report which articulated the
scale of the challenge being faced in
meeting acute housing need.
RRTP continues to progress actions to
prevent, reduce improved outcomes for
people who are homeless.
Continue to make case for long term national
funding to support significant reduction in
homelessness.
Continue to actively manage business plan to
reflect anticipated patterns of demand
220

Page 221

• The council, as with other Scottish LAs
continue to experience historically high
levels of demand for homelessness
services which are presenting challenges
for customers, staff and budgets.
Continue to promote Housing First, which
offers a mainstream settled tenancy and
wraparound support, as the default response
for people experiencing homelessness who
have multiple and complex needs, including
people whose homelessness is made harder
by experiences of trauma and problem
substance use
• Appropriate households have been
accommodated within South Lanarkshire
through this approach since 2020.
• This approach provides a positive
approach to meeting needs of complex
homeless cases but is not appropriate for
the vast bulk of homeless households.
• Lack of long-term funding limits the ability
to plan for and continue delivery of
services required to deliver Housing First.
• Lack of dedicated funding for Housing
First, against backdrop of increasing
demand, service costs, and housing
availability risks ability to continue to
deliver programme.
Housing First is embedded with the Rapid
Rehousing Transition Plan.
Council will continue to make appropriate use
of Housing First within existing resources
available. 
Following on from the publication of Housing
to 2040 and the subsequent ‘A New Deal for
Tenants’, Housing Bill will be introduced
during the parliamentary session 2023/24 and
includes a number of housing-related
commitments. 
• The introduction of long-term rent
controls/eviction in the private sector could
have an adverse impact on the current
private sector market in Scotland and
further reduce housing options to those in
housing need.
• Given the current challenges in meeting
housing need from those affected by
homelessness it is likely that there will be
a continued increase in those approaching
the council for assistance in relation to
Continue to make case for long term national
funding to support significant reduction in
homelessness.
Continue to actively manage business plan to
reflect anticipated patterns of demand.
Continue to work closely with RSL Common
Housing Register partners and those working
to nomination rights to ensure collective joint
working to secure temporary accommodation,
housing support and permanent housing
solutions. 
221

Page 222

temporary accommodation, housing
support and permanent housing.
• Key to the success of these proposals will
be their close alignment with the
development of new homelessness
prevention legislation and the planning
and implementation of the National Care
Service.
Continue to support tenants who are in rent
arrears to access benefits etc to support
repayment plans
Monitor eviction actions by RSLs to support
better prevention work and avoidance of
homelessness
Invest £752 million this year through our
Affordable Housing Supply Programme as we
continue to support the delivery of affordable
homes to meet housing needs and our longer-
term target of 110,000 affordable homes by
2032, of which at least 70% will be available
for social rent and 10% in our rural and island
communities. 
• Reflects previously stated SG
commitment.
• National discussion ongoing regarding
how achievable target is given financial
and inflationary pressures on building
costs. 
• SLC Home+ programme continues to
progress towards local target of 1,300
properties by March 2027.
• LHS 2022-27 target of 15 empty homes to
be brought back into use per year and
dedicated resources within HTR in place
to support, however increased focus on
empty homes, including potential
requirement to have empty homes
strategy, may increase this further.
Regular meetings in place with Scottish
Government More Homes Team and funding
agreements to be reviewed annually.
Routemap to 1,300 additional homes in place,
comprising new builds and acquisitions. Aligns
with SHIP 2024-29 delivery. 
National programme monitors, with a range of
national partnership groups, with a focus on
identification of any potential issues for SLC
programme.
New approaches to support achieving council
target to be detailed in SHIP 2024-29,
including land-led development and review of
existing SLC and partner assets. 
Progressive housing approach to be piloted
and developed further throughout 2023/24
with HSCP and Planning.  
Complete a stock survey of relevant medium
and high rise buildings and introduce a
Cladding Remediation Bill to help safeguard
homeowners and residents by creating a new
power to undertake urgent measures to
remediate unsafe cladding that presents a risk
to life. 
• Council providing reassurance to tenants
via various media platforms including
Housing News
• No issues for school buildings.
Prioritise and programme inspection of safety
checks for council homes.
Liaise with tenants on need for any safety
checks.
222

Page 223

Inspection programme will inform any
remedial or specialist action.
Work with relevant colleagues in CER on the
introduction of the Cladding Remediation Bill
and impact on housing/property services
Consider the recommendations of the short-
life Housing Review Group which will be
provided in the coming week. 
• Until the recommendations are published
and considered by the Scottish
Government, the likely impact cannot be
estimated.  
Await publication of the recommendations.
Likely that the recommendations of the HRG
will include the main working definitions of
affordability and the different uses of
affordability in policy and practice.
New Scots, population and migration
• Transition from an emergency response to support a holistic and rights-based approach to long term integration of people displaced from
Ukraine, aligned with an updated New Scots refugee integration strategy. 
Focus Actions Timeline and reporting
In what is called new Scots population – The
transition from an emergency response to long
term integration of people displaced from
Ukraine.
• Given the on-going crisis in Ukraine and
wider global uncertainty it can be
anticipated that demand for housing and
support services for refugees and people
seeking asylum will significantly increase
in the year/s ahead.
• Increased demand is impacting on
homelessness and housing in terms of
demand on services and pressure on
housing stock.
• Guidance on warm Scottish welcome in
development which is expected to result in
closure of welcome hub hotels, further
impacting on demand for longer term
housing
Continue to actively engage with COSLA and
the Home Office to support implementation of
the dispersal programme.
Continue to pursue housing solutions across
all tenures.
Monitor impact on ability to meet wider
housing need and budget 
223

Page 224

Heating
• Consult on proposals for a Heat in Buildings Bill, supporting our commitments on reducing emissions from housing and buildings, and
supporting people to make the necessary changes. /
• Launch a refreshed Warmer Homes Scotland scheme providing targeted support for energy efficiency and zero emission heating systems,
further boosting our commitment to providing one of the most generous packages of support in the UK. 
Focus Actions Timeline and reporting
A commitment to publish the final Energy
Strategy and Just Transition Plan and deliver
Just Transition Plans for Built Environment
and Construction.
• Resource clear on inability to meet energy
efficiency targets and achieve
decarbonisation in a manner which
supports a just transition within existing
housing investment programme.
• Assessment of current stock identifies that
up to 50% will not be able to achieve
relevant energy efficiency standards (EPC
A or B) regardless of investment or
timescales granted.   
• National funding schemes are available
however require initial internal funds to
develop potential decarbonisation and
energy projects into feasibility stage, which
aren’t currently available.
This position is broadly
recognised via the SHR and SFHA with
increasing pressures on rent affordability and
poverty.
Discussion to take place with FCR, CER and
HTR to understand opportunities to establish
internal feasibility fund to get projects ready
for large scale capital bids. 
Launching a refreshed Warmer Homes
Scotland scheme - providing one of the most
generous packages of support in the UK. 
• Along with other social landlords need for
specific funding stream to be introduced to
support tenants and particular customer
groups, such as Gypsy/Travellers.  
LHEES (due for publication December 2023)
will provide basis for articulating resource
requirements against priorities. 
224

Page 225

SOCIAL WORK RESOURCES 
Working with Local Government
• Lead work across government to deliver the commitment to Whole Family Wellbeing investment to support Children’s Services Planning
Partnerships and local authorities in the provision of preventative, holistic family support. 
Focus Actions Timeline and reporting
Deliver the commitment to Whole Family
Wellbeing (WFW) investment to support the
provision of preventative, holistic family
support.
• A WFW Fund Partnership Steering Group
has been established to review the design
and delivery of Children’s Services in
South Lanarkshire, promoting best use of
WFW funding. 
• Proposals include extending the
Pathfinder initiative in schools, contribution
to the Family Support Hub model across
the four localities in South Lanarkshire,
investment in the parenting support
groupwork pathway and extending Family
Group Decision Making (Children 1st) as
part of the WFW approach. 
• A Children’s Service Planning event in
November will have focussed input from
WFW subgroups.
Ongoing throughout 2023/24 
Updates will be provided to future meetings of
the Children’s Services Strategy Group and
Social Work Resources Committee. 
Annual report to Scottish Government in
relation to spend and outcomes. 
WFWF will also be reported on through the
Childrens Service Plan annual report 15
November 2023 
NHS recovery, supporting the NHS and social care workforce
• Continue to expand Hospital at Home and other out of hospital pathways to reduce occupancy levels and improve flow for both unscheduled
and planned care. 
• Deliver targeted support to practices serving the most disadvantaged communities in NHS Lanarkshire and work with local areas to ensure
vital specialist services such as Community Link Workers can respond to local needs. 
225

Page 226

• Commit to provide the necessary funding in the next Budget to increase the pay of social care workers in the PVI sectors in a direct care
role – and those working in the PVI sector to deliver funded early learning and childcare – to at least £12 per hour, an increase that could be
worth up to £2,000 per year for those on full-time contracts. 
• Improve workforce planning, practice and culture with a focus on collaborative, compassionate leadership, wellbeing and equality to deliver
a more sustainable and skilled workforce, supported by the commencement of the Health and Care (Staffing) (Scotland) Act 2019, and take
forward the recommendations from the Nursing and Midwifery Taskforce. 
Focus Actions Timeline and reporting
Improve workforce planning, practice and
culture with a focus on collaborative,
compassionate leadership, wellbeing and
equality to deliver a more sustainable and
skilled workforce, supported by the
commencement of the Health and Care
(Staffing) (Scotland) Act 2019 
• Implement recommendations of the Social
Work Resources Workforce Plan 2022 –
2025 
Initial report to the Social Work Resources
Committee on 7 September 2022 with further
progress reports to SMT and CMT with any
significant changes 
Social Work Resources Workforce Plan 2022 -
2025 
National Care Service
• Deliver the National Care Service legislation, subject to the agreement of Parliament, to ensure consistency of provision and improvements
in social care, social work and community health support, working in partnership with people who access and deliver services, trade unions,
Local Government and the third sector. 
• Continue funding the voluntary sector Short Breaks Fund ahead of including a right to short breaks for carers in the National Care Service
Bill. 
Focus Actions Timeline and reporting
Deliver the National Care Service legislation,
subject to the agreement of Parliament
• Contribute to consultation and
engagement activity during Stage 1 of the
Bill as required
Stage 1 will conclude on 31 January 2024. 
The Resource will continue to monitor
progress of the Bill and associated risks
226

Page 227

• Provide regular updates on progress of
the Bill to the wider workforce.
through the Performance and Review Scrutiny
Forum. 
Ongoing throughout 2023/24 
Independent Living Fund
• Reopen the Independent Living Fund on a phased basis, with an initial £9 million in 2024-25 to enable up to 1,000 additional disabled
people with the most complex needs to access the support they need and deserve to live independent lives. 
Focus Actions Timeline and reporting
Reopen the Independent Living Fund on a
phased basis
• Awaiting further Scottish Government
guidance
2024/25 
Mental health
• Establish a new Mental Health and Capacity Reform Programme to begin the process of updating and modernising our mental health and
capacity legislation to enhance the protection of people’s rights. 
Focus Actions Timeline and reporting
Establish a new Mental Health and Capacity
Reform Programme
• Awaiting further Scottish Government
guidance
• As part of the government program, we
would expect to have local representation
on relevant government groups looking at
the development and implementation of
any reforms. 
2024/25 
227

Page 228

Tackling poverty
• Establish a new Ministerial group, focusing on the delivery of Best Start, Bright Futures across government to strengthen our approach and
more closely co-ordinate policy to maximise impact on child poverty, ensuring that we take a whole family wellbeing approach to our child
poverty work, which will enable us to support the Government’s commitment to keeping The Promise. 
Focus Actions Timeline and reporting
Co-ordinate policy to maximise impact on child
proverty
• Reporting of Local Child Poverty Action
Report (LCPAR) to the Community
Planning Partnership. 
Discussions underway to consider the benefits
of reporting LCPAR within Children’s Service
Planning reporting 
Social Security
• Invest £5.3 billion in Scottish Government benefits in 2023-24, supporting over 1.2 million people, as well as improving the support we
provide to carers by introducing the Carer Support Payment to replace Carer’s Allowance in Scotland – working closely with the Minimum
Income Guarantee Expert Group to consider the Social Renewal Advisory Group’s recommendation to model a minimum income guarantee
for unpaid carers, the majority of whom are women, and who have been hard hit by the cost of living crisis. 
• Support care leavers into employment, including through the Job Start Payment, and the Care Experienced Internship Programme at Social
Security Scotland, as we work to keep The Promise. 
• Undertake an independent review of Adult Disability Payment to ensure the benefit continues to meet the needs of disabled people, building
on the analysis of a consultation on the mobility component of Adult Disability Payment published in August. 
Focus Actions Timeline and reporting
Support carers to access the Carer Support
Payment that is replacing Carer’s Allowance in
Scotland
• Carers Commissioned Services support
carers to access a range of funding/grants
Reporting quarterly to SMT and annually to
Social Work Resources Committee on
supports provided to carers by commissioned
carer organisations
Support care leavers into employment • A South Lanarkshire Council modern
apprenticeship ‘promise’ has been
developed which supports care
experienced young people through pre-
Reporting on the Children’s Services Plan
annually to Social Work Resources Committee
and updates to future meetings of the
Children’s Services Strategy Group. 
228

Page 229

apprenticeship placements and a flexible
recruitment approach.
• South Lanarkshire Council appointed two
Promise Development Workers in
November 2021 jointly funded by NHS and
South Lanarkshire Council, Social Work
Resources. These posts, advertised for
young people with care experience, are
specifically focussed on increasing the
participation of care experienced young
people. 
• Through the Champions Board and the
Promise Strategic group employability for
care experienced young people and all the
commitments of the Promise will be
reported on and overseen in these forums.
Ensure the Adult Disability Payment continues
to meet the needs of disabled people
• Supporting the Social Security Scotland’s
Adult Disability Payment process with
information when requested
Initial report to Social Work Resources
Committee on 16 November 2022 with further
updates as required 
Improving the experience of justice for victims and survivors
• Launch Bairns’ Hoose Pathfinders in autumn 2023, a key action in our keeping The Promise Implementation Plan and Tackling Child
Poverty Delivery Plan, enabling a whole-system approach for child victims and witnesses of abuse and harm. 
Focus Actions Timeline and reporting
Provide access to a Bairns’ Hoose by 2025 to
all children who are victims or witnesses to
abuse or violence 
• Develop a  Lanarkshire Implementation
and Strategic Group that will oversee
progress on the development of Bairns’
Hoose which remains on target for
implementation by 2025.
Progress updates to the Social Work
Resources Committee 
229

Page 230

Reducing reoffending and limiting the negative effects of short term imprisonment
• Progress delivery of the National Community Justice Strategy by working with Community Justice Partners to drive improvement and
advance towards the longstanding aim of encouraging a person-centred, trauma-informed, and rehabilitative approach. 
Focus Actions Timeline and reporting
Progress delivery of the National Community
Justice Strategy
• Community Justice Outcome Improvement
Plan introduced for 2024-2029
• CJP event held recently, well attended,
and partners committed to CJ principles. 
Annual report to Community Justice
Scotland almost complete with range of
service examples contributing to the
national agenda.
Present a progress report on the priorities set
out within the Community Justice Outcome
Improvement Plan 2024-2029 by March 2025
– monitored within the Social Work Resource
Plan 2023-24 
Keeping The Promise
• Further support the facilitation and expansion of the Virtual School Head Teacher Network, formally respond to the recent review of the
Children’s Hearing System, launch a consultation on the support for care experienced young people when they become adults, publish our
Whole Family Wellbeing investment approach to supporting the provision of preventative, holistic family support, and by the end of 2023,
The Promise Scotland will report on its work on the scoping of national lifelong advocacy services. 
Focus Actions Timeline and reporting
Scoping of national lifelong advocacy services  • A referral pathway for advocacy services
for care experienced children and young
people is in development to ensure that
children are offered advocacy support at
every stage of their care reviews. Promise
Development workers have led on
consultation with young people and care
leavers regarding an advocacy charter
• Following the publication of The Hearings
for Children redesign report by The
Reporting progress to the Social Work
Resources committee and Promise Board 
230

Page 231

Formally respond to the recent review of the
Children’s Hearing System 
Promise Scotland, the recommendations
were forwarded to the Scottish
Government, and we await further
guidance. 
231

Page 232

232